[go: up one dir, main page]

DK172543B1 - Process for the preparation of 1-N- (omega-amino-alpha-hydroxyalkanoyl) aminoglucosides and polysilylated aminoglycoside so - Google Patents

Process for the preparation of 1-N- (omega-amino-alpha-hydroxyalkanoyl) aminoglucosides and polysilylated aminoglycoside so Download PDF

Info

Publication number
DK172543B1
DK172543B1 DK197801830A DK183078A DK172543B1 DK 172543 B1 DK172543 B1 DK 172543B1 DK 197801830 A DK197801830 A DK 197801830A DK 183078 A DK183078 A DK 183078A DK 172543 B1 DK172543 B1 DK 172543B1
Authority
DK
Denmark
Prior art keywords
groups
amino
acid
formula
aminoglycoside
Prior art date
Application number
DK197801830A
Other languages
Danish (da)
Other versions
DK183078A (en
Inventor
Derek Walker
Martin John Cron
John Gerard Keil
Jeng Shyong Lin
Mariano Vecchio Ruggeri
Original Assignee
Squibb Bristol Myers Co
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Squibb Bristol Myers Co filed Critical Squibb Bristol Myers Co
Publication of DK183078A publication Critical patent/DK183078A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of DK172543B1 publication Critical patent/DK172543B1/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07HSUGARS; DERIVATIVES THEREOF; NUCLEOSIDES; NUCLEOTIDES; NUCLEIC ACIDS
    • C07H15/00Compounds containing hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals directly attached to hetero atoms of saccharide radicals
    • C07H15/20Carbocyclic rings
    • C07H15/22Cyclohexane rings, substituted by nitrogen atoms
    • C07H15/222Cyclohexane rings substituted by at least two nitrogen atoms
    • C07H15/226Cyclohexane rings substituted by at least two nitrogen atoms with at least two saccharide radicals directly attached to the cyclohexane rings
    • C07H15/234Cyclohexane rings substituted by at least two nitrogen atoms with at least two saccharide radicals directly attached to the cyclohexane rings attached to non-adjacent ring carbon atoms of the cyclohexane rings, e.g. kanamycins, tobramycin, nebramycin, gentamicin A2
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02PCLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES IN THE PRODUCTION OR PROCESSING OF GOODS
    • Y02P20/00Technologies relating to chemical industry
    • Y02P20/50Improvements relating to the production of bulk chemicals
    • Y02P20/55Design of synthesis routes, e.g. reducing the use of auxiliary or protecting groups

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • Biotechnology (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Saccharide Compounds (AREA)
  • Preparation Of Compounds By Using Micro-Organisms (AREA)
  • Organic Low-Molecular-Weight Compounds And Preparation Thereof (AREA)

Description

i DK PR 172543 B1in DK PR 172543 B1

Den foreliggende opfindelse angår en sårlig fremgangsmåde til fremstilling af l-N-[w-am1no-e-hydroxyalkanoyl]am1noglycosider med formlenThe present invention relates to a difficult process for the preparation of 1-N- [w-amino-e-hydroxyalkanoyl] aminoglycosides of the formula

'TtW'TTW

R RJ0 IR RJ0 I

HO-CHHO-CH

io «h>„ CH, i * NH2 2 15 hvori n er et helt tal på fra 0 til 4; R betegner en substitueret hexo-pyranosylrlng so« defineret i det efterfølgende; R3 betegner hydrogen eller en substitueret hexopyranosylring so« defineret i det efterfølgen-wherein n is an integer of from 0 to 4; R is a substituted hexo-pyranosyl ring so defined hereinafter; R 3 represents hydrogen or a substituted hexopyranosyl ring so defined as

AA

de; R betegner hydrogen, hydroxy eller en pentofuranosylrlng som defineret i det efterfølgende; og R3 betegner hydrogen eller hydroxy; under 20 den forudsetning.at når R3 er forskellig fra hydrogen, betegner den ene 4 5 af grupperne R og R hydrogen og den anden hydroxy; og under den forud-setnlng, at når R3 betegner hydrogen, betegner R3 hydrogen og R* en substitueret pentofuranosylrlng.the; R is hydrogen, hydroxy or a pentofuranosyl ring as hereinafter defined; and R 3 represents hydrogen or hydroxy; below the proviso that when R 3 is different from hydrogen, one of the groups 5 and R 5 represents hydrogen and the other hydroxy; and under the assumption that when R 3 represents hydrogen, R 3 represents hydrogen and R * is a substituted pentofuranosyl ring.

Fremgangsmåden Indeberer, at man omsstter et polysilyleret amlno-25 glycosid fremstillet ud fra et aminoglycosid med formlen (XIV): nh, » R RO 35 eventuelt Indeholdende fra 1 til 3 ami no-bl okerende grupper, som er forskellige fra silyl, på andre anlnogrupper end C-l amlnogruppen, 1 et organisk opløsningsmiddel, der eventuelt indeholder op til ca. 40% vand, med et acylerende derivat af en syre med formlen: BNSDOCID; <DK 172543B » 2 DK PR 172543 B1 B-HN-CH2-(CH2)n-CH-COOH (XIII)The process involves substituting a polysilylated aminoglycoside prepared from an aminoglycoside of formula (XIV): nh, R RO 35 optionally Containing from 1 to 3 aminoblocking groups other than silyl on other amino groups than the Cl amino group, 1 an organic solvent, optionally containing up to approx. 40% water, with an acylating derivative of an acid of the formula: BNS DOCID; <DK 172543B »2 DK PR 172543 B1 B-HN-CH2- (CH2) n-CH-COOH (XIII)

OHOH

5 hvori B betegner en amino-blokerende gruppe, og n har den ovenfor beskrevne betydning. Alle blokerende grupper fjernes dernæst pi konventionel nåde til frembringelse af den ønskede forbindelse med formel (I)· 10 Aminoglycosiderne er en velkendt kategori af antibiotika og er blevet beskrevet i litteraturen i stor udstrækning. En fortræffelig oversigtsartikel er artiklen "Structures and Syntheses of Aminoglycoside Antibiotics" af Suflrio Umezawa 1 "Advances 1n Carbohydrate Chemistry and Biochemistry, JO, 111-182, Academic Press, N.Y. (1974). Denne over-15 sigtsartikel (og de deri citerede referencer) diskuterer ogsi mange kendte l-N-(acy1)am1noglycosid-antibiot1ka såso* l-N-[L-(-)-7-am1no-0!-3',4'-dideoxykanamyc1n B, tobramycin, paromomycin I, Hbostamydn, 3',4'-d1deoxyr1bostamycin og lividomycln A.5 wherein B represents an amino-blocking group and n has the meaning described above. All blocking groups are then removed by conventional grace to produce the desired compound of formula (I) · The aminoglycosides are a well-known category of antibiotics and have been widely described in the literature. An excellent review article is the article "Structures and Syntheses of Aminoglycoside Antibiotics" by Suflrio Umezawa 1 "Advances 1n Carbohydrate Chemistry and Biochemistry, JO, 111-182, Academic Press, NY (1974). This review article (and the references cited therein) ) also discusses many known 1N- (acyl) aminoglycoside antibiotics such as * 1N- [L - (-) - 7-amino-0,3 -3 ', 4'-dideoxycanamycin B, tobramycin, paromomycin I, Hbostamydn, 3', 4'-diodeoxyyrbostamycin and lividomycline A.

USA-patent nr. 4.029.882 omhandler 1-N-acyl-derivater af genta-20 miclner A, B, Bj, Cj, Cja> C2, C2a og X2, slsomldn, verdamlcln, mutamlcln 1, 2, 4, 5 og 6 og antibiotika G-418, 66-40B, 66-400, JI-20A, JI-20B og G-52, hvori acylgrupperne er afledt af en ligekedet, forgrenet eller cyklisk alkylgruppe Indeholdende fra 1 til 8 carbonatomer, som kan Indeholde en amino- eller hydroxysubstituent eller såvel en amlno- som 25 en hydroxysubstituent. forbindelserne fremstilles ved acylerlng af et partielt neutraliseret syreadditionssalt af antiblotiket med et acyle-rende derivat af den «nskede sidekadesyre.United States Patent No. 4,029,882 discloses 1-N-acyl derivatives of genta micelles A, B, Bj, Cj, Cja> C2, C2a and X2, slsomldn, verdamln, mutamln 1, 2, 4, 5 and 6 and antibiotics G-418, 66-40B, 66-400, JI-20A, JI-20B and G-52, wherein the acyl groups are derived from a straight chain, branched or cyclic alkyl group containing from 1 to 8 carbon atoms which may contain a amino or hydroxy substituent or both an amino and a hydroxy substituent. the compounds are prepared by acylation of a partially neutralized acid addition salt of the antibody with an acylating derivative of the desired side chain acid.

USA-patent nr. 4.055.715 omhandler l-N-[L-(-)-7-am1no-e-hydroxy-butyryl]-derivatet af amlnoglycosldet XK-62-2 og en fremgangsmåde til 30 dets fremstilling ved acylerlng af XK-62-2, hvis 2'-am1no- eller 2'- og 6'-a*1nogrupper er beskyttet med en kendt amlnobeskyttende gruppe (såsom carbobenzyloxygruppen), med et acylerende derivat af L-(-)-t-am1no-a-hydroxysmørsyre (såsom dens N-hydroxysucc1n1m1dester).U.S. Patent No. 4,055,715 discloses the 1N- [L - (-) - 7-amino-e-hydroxy-butyryl] derivative of the aminoglycosyl XK-62-2 and a process for its preparation by acylation of XK-62 -2, if 2'-amino or 2'- and 6'-α * 1no groups are protected by a known amino protecting group (such as the carbobenzyloxy group), with an acylating derivative of L - (-) - t-amino-α-hydroxybutyric acid (such as its N-hydroxy succinic ester).

Britisk patent nr. 1.500.218 omhandler D-, L- og D,L-formerne af 1-35 N-[d-amino-o-hydroxyprop1ony1]XK-62-2 og deres fremstilling ved 1 det vcsentllge samme fremgangsmåde som beskrevet i USA-patent skrift nr.British Patent No. 1,500,218 discloses the D, L and D, L forms of 1-35 N- [d-amino-o-hydroxypropylone] XK-62-2 and their preparation by substantially the same procedure as described. in U.S. Pat.

4.055.715.4055715.

Britisk patent nr. 1.499.041 omhandler l-N-[L-(-)-7-amino-e-hydroxybutyryl)-6'-N-alky1kanamyc1n A, hvori 6 '-N-al kyl gruppen 1nde- BNSDOCPD: <DK «7’Μ3β > 3 DK PR 172543 B1 holder fra 1 til 4 carbonatomer. Forbindelserne fremstilles blandt andet ved at omsatte et 6' -N-al kyl kanamydn A (enten ubeskyttet eller med 3- eller 3"-aminogruppen beskyttet med en konventionel amino-blokerende gruppe) med et acylerende derivat af L-(-)-t-am1no-e-5 hydroxysmørsyre.British Patent No. 1,499,041 discloses 1N- [L - (-) - 7-amino-e-hydroxybutyryl) -6'-N-alkylcanamycin A, wherein the 6'-N-alkyl group of the 1-BNSDOCPD: <DK « 7'Μ3β> 3 DK PR 172543 B1 holds from 1 to 4 carbon atoms. The compounds are prepared, inter alia, by reacting a 6 '-N-alkyl kanamydn A (either unprotected or with the 3 or 3' amino group protected by a conventional amino-blocking group) with an acylating derivative of L - (-) - t -amino-e-5 hydroxybutyric acid.

Britisk patent nr. 1.475.481 omhandler 1-N-acylderivater af 6'-N-methyl-3',4'-dideoxykanamyc1n B, hvori acylgrupperne kan være i L- eller D,L-formen og have formlen: 10 0British Patent No. 1,475,481 discloses 1-N-acyl derivatives of 6'-N-methyl-3 ', 4'-dideoxycanamycin B, wherein the acyl groups may be in the L or D, L form and have the formula:

IIII

H2N-(CH2) -CH-C- iH2N- (CH2) -CH-C- i

OHOH

15 hvori n er 1, 2 eller 3. Forbindelserne fremstilles ved acylerlng af aminoglycosidet (hvis 6'-am1no- og eventuelt 2'-am1nogruppe er beskyttet med en konventionel am1no*b1okerende gruppe) med et acylerlngsmiddel indeholdende ovennævnte acylgruppe, f.eks. N*hydroxysucc1n1m1desteren der-20 af.Wherein the n is 1, 2 or 3. The compounds are prepared by acylation of the aminoglycoside (whose 6'-amino and optionally 2'-amino group is protected by a conventional amino-blocking group) with an acylating agent containing the above acyl group, e.g. The N * hydroxysuccin1m1 ester thereof.

Sydafrikansk patent nr. 77/1944 omhandler blandt andet en fremgangsmide til fremstilling af l-N-(1avere)alkanoy1derivater af kanamydn A og B, hvori alkanoylgrupperne kan være substitueret med hydroxy og/el-ler amlno. Fremgangsmåden omfatter acylerlng af kanamydn A eller B, 25 hvori 3-aminogruppen på kanamydn A eller B og 2'-aminogruppen på kanamydn B (og eventuelt 6'-aminogruppen på de enkelte antibiotika) er beskyttet med en konventionel amlno-blokerende gruppe. Acylerlng opnås på konventionel måde, såsom ved anvendelse af N-hydroxysucc1n1m1desteren af den acylerende syre.South African Patent No. 77/1944 discloses, inter alia, a process for the preparation of 1- N- (1-lower) alkanoyl derivatives of kanamydn A and B, wherein the alkanoyl groups may be substituted by hydroxy and / or amino. The method comprises acylation of kanamydn A or B, wherein the 3-amino group of kanamydn A or B and the 2'-amino group of kanamydn B (and optionally the 6'-amino group of the individual antibiotics) are protected by a conventional amino-blocking group. Acylation is achieved in a conventional manner, such as using the N-hydroxy succinyl ester of the acylating acid.

30 USA-patent nr. 3.974.137 omhandler og Indeholder krav på en fremgangsmåde til fremstilling af l-{L-(-)-7-am1no-o-hydroxybutyryl)-kanamydn A, hvilken fremgangsmåde omfatter, at 6'-carbobenzyloxy-kanamycin A omsattes med mindst tre mol benzaldehyd, et substitueret benzaldehyd eller plvaldehyd til frembringelse af 6'-N-carbobenzyl-35 oxykanamydn A indeholdende Schlff-basegrupper på 1-, 3- og 3"- stillingerne, acylerlng af dette tetra-beskyttede kanamydn A derivat med N-hydroxysucc1nim1desteren af L-(-)-7*benzy1oxycarbonylamino-or-hydroxysmørsyre, og efterfølgende fjernelse af de beskyttende grupper.U.S. Patent No. 3,974,137 discloses and Contains claims for a process for the preparation of 1- {L - (-) - 7-amino-o-hydroxybutyryl) -canamydn A, comprising 6'-carbobenzyloxy kanamycin A is reacted with at least three moles of benzaldehyde, a substituted benzaldehyde or plvaldehyde to produce 6'-N-carbobenzyl-oxycanamydn A containing Schlff base groups at the 1-, 3- and 3 "positions, acylation of this tetra-protected kanamydn A derivative with the N-hydroxysuccinimide ester of L - (-) - 7 * benzyloxycarbonylamino or hydroxybutyric acid, and subsequent removal of the protecting groups.

I The Journal of Antibiotics, 790-3 (1973) refererer BNSDOCID: <DK 172543B > 4 DK PR 172543 B1 T.P. Culbertson et al. fremstillingen af 5"-am1no-5"-deoxybutirosiner A og B ud fra but i rosiner A og B. Oe farste trin ved syntesen omfattede: 1) partiel N-trifluoracetylering af butlrosinbase ved reflux 5 1 en blanding af methanol og ethyl trifluoracetat, 2) inddampnlng til torhed, oplosning af remanensen 1 pyridin, behandling med hexamethyldlsilazan og trlmethylchlorsilan efterfulgt af afkøling til mindre end 10*C og behandling med 10 tri fluoreddi kesyreanhydrid, 3) inddampnlng til torhed og hydrolysering af remanensen 1 en 2:1 blanding af ethanol og 2 n eddikesyre under reflux til frembringelse af tetra[N-trifluoracetyl)]butirosin.In The Journal of Antibiotics, 790-3 (1973), BNSDOCID refers: <DK 172543B> 4 DK PR 172543 B1 T.P. Culbertson et al. the preparation of 5 "-amino-5" deoxybutirosins A and B from butts in raisins A and B. The first steps of the synthesis included: 1) partial N-trifluoroacetylation of butlrosine base by reflux 5 1 a mixture of methanol and ethyl trifluoroacetate; 2) evaporation to dryness, solution of residue 1 pyridine, treatment with hexamethyldilsilazane and trimethylchlorosilane followed by cooling to less than 10 ° C and treatment with 10 trifluoroacetic anhydride, 3) evaporation to dryness and hydrolyzing the residue in a 2: 1 mixture ethanol and 2N acetic acid under reflux to give tetra [N-trifluoroacetyl)] butirosine.

1515

Synteseskema-slutprodukterne, 5"-am1no-5"-deoxybutirosiner A og B omsattes også 1 overensstemmelse med ovenstående tre trin til frembringelse af penta[N-(trifluoracety1)]-5"-am1no-5"-deoxybut1ros1ner A og B. Skont denne publikation omtaler acylerlngen af et trlmethyl s Hyleret 20 (og partielt acyleret) aminoglycosid-antibiotikum, er resultatet i hvert tllfclde en fuldstmndlg acylerlng af allø prlmsre aminogrupper 1 molekylet (fire 1 but1ros1n-udgang$mater1a1et og fem 1 produktet). Fremgangsmåden ifølge den foreliggende opfindelse eliminerer 1 alt væsentligt po-lyacylering og tilvejebringer en høj selektivitetsgrad ned hensyn til 25 acylerlng 1 den ønskede 1-N-stilUng.The synthetic end products, 5 "-amino-5" -deoxybutirosins A and B were also reacted in accordance with the above three steps to produce penta [N- (trifluoroacetyl)] - 5 "-amino-5" -deoxybutyrosines A and B. This publication discusses the acylation of a methyl methyl Hylated 20 (and partially acylated) aminoglycoside antibiotic, the result in each case is a complete acylation of all primary amino groups in the molecule (four 1 but1 ros1n starting material) and five. The process of the present invention substantially eliminates polyacylation and provides a high degree of selectivity down to 25 acylation in the desired 1-N position.

J.J. Wright et al. beskriver 1 "The Journal of Antibiotics", 22· 714-719 (1976) en generel fremgangsmåde til selektiv 1-N-acylerlng af gentamicin-slsomlcln kategorien af amlnoglycoslder. De rapporterer, at selektivitet med hensyn til acyleringsstillingen er pH-afhænglg, og at 30 C-l amlnogruppen er den mest reaktive over for acylerlng, når aminogrup-peme 1 molekylet er næsten fuldstændig proton!seret. Disse betingelser opnås ved tilsætning af et ækvivalent af en tertiær aminbase til en opløsning af det fuldt neutraliserede syreadditionssalt. Skønt disse forskere opnåede 1-N-selektivitet ved acylerlngen af gentamicin C^a, 35 slsomlcln og verdamidn, rapporterede de, at der ved acylerlngen af stærkt hydroxylerede amlnoglycosider såsom gentamicin B og kanamycln A blev iagttaget ringe selektivitet.J.J. Wright et al. 1, The Journal of Antibiotics, 22 · 714-719 (1976) describes a general method for selective 1-N acylation of the gentamicin-insomnia into the category of aminoglycosides. They report that selectivity for the acylation position is pH dependent and that the 30 C-1 amino group is the most reactive to acylation when the amino group 1 molecule is almost completely protonated. These conditions are obtained by adding an equivalent of a tertiary amine base to a solution of the fully neutralized acid addition salt. Although these researchers achieved 1-N selectivity for the acylation of gentamicin C ^α, 35 slomic acid and foramide, they reported that low selectivity was observed for the acylation of highly hydroxylated aminoglycosides such as gentamicin B and kanamycline A.

Britisk patent nr. 1.460.039 omhandler en fremgangsmåde til fremstilling af forskellige deoxyaminoglycosid-antibiotika ved halogenering NSDOCID *DK (7?543B > 5 DK PR 172543 B1 af et phosphoryleret amlnoglycosld (et glycosid, hvori hydroxygruppen, som skal fjernes, er blevet omdannet til en phosphonoxygruppe), til frembringelse af det tilsvarende amlnoglycosld, hvori hydroxygruppen er blevet omdannet til halogen, og reduktion af halogenforbindel sen til 5 frembringelse af det tilsvarende deoxyamlnoglycosid. Før halogenering af det phosphorylerede amlnoglycosid beskyttes alle dets funktionelle grupper fortrinsvis ved hjælp af silyl- eller acylgrupper.British Patent No. 1,460,039 discloses a process for the preparation of various deoxyaminoglycoside antibiotics by halogenation NSDOCID * DK (7? 543B> 5 DK PR 172543 B1) of a phosphorylated aminoglycoside (a glycoside in which the hydroxy group to be removed has been converted to a phosphonoxy group), to produce the corresponding aminoglycoside in which the hydroxy group has been converted to halogen, and reduction of the halogen compound to produce the corresponding deoxyamnoglycoside. Before halogenation of the phosphorylated amylnoglycoside, all of its auxiliary groups are protected. or acyl groups.

Den foreliggende opfindelse tilvejebringer en særlig fremgangsmåde til fremstilling af l'N*[w-am1no-a-hydroxya1kanoyl]am1nog1ycosider. An-10 vendeisen af et polysilyleret amlnoglycosld som udgangsmateriale giver høj opløselighed i det organiske opløsningsmiddel og muliggør således omsætning under høje koncentrationer. Skønt omsætningen sædvanligvis gennemføres 1 opløsninger Indeholdende ca. 10-20% polysilyleret amino-glycosid-udgangsmaterlale, er fortræffelige resultater blevet opnået ved 15 koncentrationer på ca. 50% vægt/vol. (f.eks. 50 g pr. 100 ml opløsning).The present invention provides a particular process for the preparation of 1'N * [w-amino-α-hydroxyalkanoyl] aminoglycosides. The use of a polysilylated aminoglycoside as a starting material provides high solubility in the organic solvent and thus enables reaction under high concentrations. Although the reaction is usually carried out 1 solutions containing approx. 10-20% polysilylated amino-glycoside starting material, excellent results have been obtained at 15 concentrations of approx. 50% w / v. (for example, 50 g per 100 ml solution).

Som ved de kendte fremgangsmåder giver nærværende fremgangsmåde en blanding af acylerede produkter, og det ønskede produkt adskilles fra de andre produkter ved kromatografi. Substitutionsstil lingen er imidlertid meget mere selektiv ved udnyttelse af den foreliggende opfindelse, hvor-20 ved der fås mindre mængder af uønskede produkter, hvilket både forøger udbyttet af ønsket produkt og simplificerer den kromatografiske rensning. Ved fremstilling af l-(l-(-)-7-amino-ft-hydroxybutyryl]kanamyc1n A, amikacin, ved forskellige kendte fremgangsmåder produceres der således også typisk det 3 "-N-acylerede produkt (ΒΒ-Κ1Ί), det 3-N-acylerede pro-25 dukt (BB-K29), det 6'-N-acylerede produkt (BB-K6) og polyacyleret materiale samt uomsat kanamycln. Ved fremstilling af amikacin i kommerciel målestok ved acylering af 6'-N-carbobenzyloxykanamycin A 1 et vandigt medium efterfulgt af fjernelse af den beskyttende gruppe blev det fundet, at ca. 10% af det ønskede amikadn (2,5 kg i en 25 kg 30 charge) sædvanligvis mistedes på grund af tilstedeværelsen af BB-K11 som coprodukt. 3"-N-acyleret materiale, som fremstilledes, forårsagede et tab på ca. en lige så stor mængde af det ønskede 1-N-acylerede produkt på grund af den store vanskelighed ved at adskille sidstnævnte fra førstnævnte. Substitutionsselektiviteten ved den foreliggende 35 fremgangsmåde illustreres ved den ekstremt lave mængde uønsket 3"-N-acyleret produkt, som fremstilles ved fremstilling af B8-K8 ved den foreliggende fremgangsmåde. Typisk vil der ikke påvises noget BB-K11 i reakt i onsblandingen.As with the known processes, the present process provides a mixture of acylated products and the desired product is separated from the other products by chromatography. However, the substitution mode is much more selective in the practice of the present invention, whereby lesser amounts of undesirable products are obtained, which both increases the yield of the desired product and simplifies the chromatographic purification. Thus, in the preparation of 1- (1- (-) - 7-amino-ft-hydroxybutyryl] kanamycin A, amikacin, by various known methods, the 3 "-N-acylated product (ΒΒ-Κ1Ί), the 3 -N-acylated product (BB-K29), the 6'-N-acylated product (BB-K6) and polyacylated material as well as unreacted kanamycln. In commercial scale amikacin production by acylation of 6'-N-carbobenzyloxycanamycin In an aqueous medium followed by removal of the protecting group, it was found that about 10% of the desired amikadn (2.5 kg in a 25 kg 30 charge) was usually lost due to the presence of BB-K11 as a coproduct. The 3 "-N-acylated material produced caused a loss of about an equal amount of the desired 1-N-acylated product due to the great difficulty of separating the latter from the former. The substitution selectivity of the present process is illustrated by the extremely low amount of unwanted 3 "N-acyls t product produced in the preparation of B8-K8 by the present process. Typically, no BB-K11 will be detected in the reaction in the Wed mixture.

Den foreliggende opfindelse tilvejebringer en fremgangsmåde til BNSDOCiD: <DK 1725438» 6 OK PR 172543 B1 fremstilling af l-N-[«-am1no-a-hydroxyalkanoyl]am1noglycos1der med formlen (I): •‘ΤΓΊγ\λ· R R O C=0The present invention provides a process for BNSDOCiD: <OK 1725438 »6 OK PR 172543 B1 Preparation of 1-N - [« - amino-α-hydroxyalkanoyl] aminoglycosides of Formula (I): • ΤΓΊγ \ λ · R R O C = 0

10 I10 I

HO-CHHO-CH

CH, \ 2 NH2 15 2 hvori n er et helt tal pi fra 0 til 4; R betegner en hexopyranosylrlng 20 med formlen: f6 R6 r6 R10^ CHNHR7 I CHNHR7 (II) (III) (IV) 30 hvori R® betegner H eller CH,, R7 betegner H eller CH,, R8 betegner OH eller NH2, betegner H eller OH, og R1U betegner H eller OH; RJ 35 betegner H eller en hexopyranosylrlng med formlen: M'innniri' <rw 7 DK PR 172543 B1CH 2 is NH 2 15 where n is an integer pi from 0 to 4; R represents a hexopyranosyl ring of formula: f6 R6 r6 R10 ^ CHNHR7 In CHNHR7 (II) (III) (IV) wherein R® represents H or CH, R7 represents H or CH, R8 represents OH or NH2, represents H or OH, and R1U represents H or OH; RJ 35 represents H or a hexopyranosyl ring of the formula: M'innniri <Rw 7 DK PR 172543 B1

5 Ho^yCH2°H PH5 Ho ^ yCH2 ° H PH

h2n^-7\\ r11h2n ^ -7 \\ r11

I ch3 ko II ch3 cow I

10 (v> (vi)10 (v> (vi)

HO\\-n H.CO^KHO \\ - n H.CO ^ K

HN”^-Λ Λ' —OHN "^ - Λ Λ '—O

15 i«3 ^ eller -fsA15 in «3 ^ or -fsA

(VII) (VIII) 1 20 25 hvori R*1 betegner H eller CH3; R^ betegner H eller OH, og R4 betegner H, OH eller en pentofuranosylrlng med formlen: 30 uocfy°\i VH / \_/(VII) (VIII) wherein R * 1 represents H or CH 3; Represents H or OH, and R4 represents H, OH or a pentofuranosylation of the formula:

“ N OH B120 OH“N OH B120 OH

(H) <X’ BNSDOCID <-DK 1725438 > 8 DK PR 172543 B1 hvori R1Z betegner H eller en hexopyranosylrlng aed formlen: ch2nh2 "“»γνΙ-O 13 Λν f 5 «Λ-eller R ° ΥΝΙ—O.(H) <X 'BNS DOCID <-DK 1725438> 8 DK PR 172543 B1 wherein R1Z represents H or a hexopyranosyl ring of the formula: ch2nh2 "" "γνΙ-O 13 Λν f 5" Λ or R ° ΥΝΙ -O.

(XI) (XII) ' 10 hvori R13 betegner H eller a-D-mannopyranosyl; j under den forudsatnlng, at når R er forskellig fra H, betegner den 4 5 ene af grupperne R og R H og den anden OH; og under den forudsatnlng, 3 5 4 15 at når R betegner H, betegner R H og R en pentofuranosylrlng med forael (IX) eller (X) eller farmaceutisk acceptable syreaddltlonssalte deraf; som er ejendommelig ved, at man oasatter et polysllyleret aminogly-cosid, der er fremstillet ud fra et amlnoglycosid med formlen (XIV): 20 R ° —\ (XIV) R5 R30X\/NH2 25(XI) (XII) 'wherein R13 represents H or α-D-mannopyranosyl; provided that when R is different from H, it represents one of the groups R and R H and the other OH; and under the assumption that when R represents H, R H and R represent a pentofuranosylation of formula (IX) or (X) or pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts thereof; which is characterized by the addition of a polysyllylated aminoglycoside prepared from an aminoglycoside of formula (XIV): 20 R ° - \ (XIV) R5 R30X \ / NH2

2 3 4 S2 3 4 S

hvori R , R , R og R har den ovenfor definerede betydning, og soa 30 eventuelt Indeholder fra 1 til 3 amlno-blokerende grupper, soa er forskellige fra silyl på andre amlnogrupper end C-l amlnogruppen, 1 et organisk opløsningsmiddel, der eventuelt Indeholder op til 40% vand, med et acylerende derivat af en syre med formlen (XIII): 35 B-HN-CH2-(CH2)n-CH-COOH (XIII)wherein R, R, R and R are as defined above, and so may optionally contain from 1 to 3 amino blocking groups, so are different from silyl on amino groups other than the Cl amino group, 1 an organic solvent optionally containing up to 40% water, with an acylating derivative of an acid of formula (XIII): B-HN-CH 2 - (CH 2) n-CH-COOH (XIII)

OHOH

hvori B betegner en amlno-blokerende gruppe, og n har den ovenfor definerede betydning; og at man derefter fjerner alle blokerende grupper.wherein B represents an amino blocking group and n has the meaning defined above; and then removing all blocking groups.

BM^nnrp'v ,-ηκ 9 DK PR 172543 B1BM ^ nnrp'v, -ηκ 9 DK PR 172543 B1

Aminogrupperne på den acylerende syre med formel (XII) ovenfor må beskyttes med en amlno-blokerende gruppe under acyleringsreaktionen.The amino groups of the acylating acid of formula (XII) above must be protected with an amino blocking group during the acylation reaction.

Dette foretages sædvanligvis ved anvendelse af en konventionel amino-blokerende gruppe. Disse samme konventionelle amino-blokerende grupper 5 kan anvendes til beskyttelse af andre aminogrupper end C-l aminogruppen i aminoglycosidet. Sådanne konventionelle blokerende grupper til beskyttelse af primære aminogrupper er velkendte for fagmanden. Egnede blokerende grupper omfatter alkoxycarbonylgrupper, såsom t-butoxycarbonyl og t-amyloxycarbonyl; aralkoxycarbonylgrupper såsom benzyloxycarbonyl; 10 cycloalkyloxycarbonylgrupper såsom cyclohexyloxycarbonyl; halogenalkoxy-carbonylgrupper såsom trlchlorethoxycarbonyl; acylgrupper såsom phthaloyl og o-nitrophenoxyacetyl; halogenacetylgrupper såsom trifluor-acetyl; og andre velkendte blokerende grupper såsom o-nitrophenylthio-gruppen, tritylgruppen, etc.This is usually done using a conventional amino-blocking group. These same conventional amino blocking groups 5 can be used to protect amino groups other than the C-1 amino group of the amino glycoside. Such conventional blocking groups for protecting primary amino groups are well known to those skilled in the art. Suitable blocking groups include alkoxycarbonyl groups such as t-butoxycarbonyl and t-amyloxycarbonyl; aralkoxycarbonyl groups such as benzyloxycarbonyl; Cycloalkyloxycarbonyl groups such as cyclohexyloxycarbonyl; haloalkoxy carbonyl groups such as trichloroethoxycarbonyl; acyl groups such as phthaloyl and o-nitrophenoxyacetyl; haloacetyl groups such as trifluoroacetyl; and other well known blocking groups such as the o-nitrophenylthio group, the trityl group, etc.

15 Den acylerende syre med formel (XIII) indeholder et asymmetrisk carbonatom og kan eksistere i (+) formen eller (·) formen eller som en blanding deraf (d,1 formen), og således frembringe den tilsvarende forbindelse med formel (I), hvori l-N-[u-amino-a-hydroxyalkanoyl]gruppen er i sin (+) [eller (R)] form eller sin (-) (eller (S)] form eller en blan-20 ding deraf.The acylating acid of formula (XIII) contains an asymmetric carbon atom and may exist in the (+) form or (·) form or as a mixture thereof (d, the 1 form), thus producing the corresponding compound of formula (I) wherein the 1N- [u-amino-α-hydroxyalkanoyl] group is in its (+) [or (R)] form or its (-) (or (S)] form or a mixture thereof.

Acylering af det polysilylerede aminoglycosld (med eller uden fra 1 til 3 amino-blokerende grupper, som er forskellige fra silyl på andre aminogrupper end C-l aminogruppen) kan, i al almindelighed, gennemføres i et organisk opløsningsmiddel, hvori udgangsmaterialet har tilstrække-25 Hg opløselighed. Disse udgangsmaterialer er stærkt opløselige 1 de fleste almindelige organiske opløsningsmidler. Egnede opløsningsmidler omfatter f.eks. acetone, diethyl keton, methyl-n-propyl keton, methyl i so-butylketon, methylethyl keton, heptan, glyme, diglyme, dioxan, toluen, tetrahydrofuran, cyclohexanon, pyridin, methylenchlorid, chloroform og 30 carbontetrachlorid. Valget af opløsningsmiddel afhænger af de særlige udgangsmaterialer, der anvendes.Acylation of the polysilylated aminoglycosil (with or without from 1 to 3 amino-blocking groups different from silyl on amino groups other than the C1 amino group) can, in general, be carried out in an organic solvent in which the starting material has sufficient solubility of 25 Hg. . These starting materials are highly soluble in most common organic solvents. Suitable solvents include, e.g. acetone, diethyl ketone, methyl-n-propyl ketone, methyl in so-butyl ketone, methyl ethyl ketone, heptane, glyme, diglyme, dioxane, toluene, tetrahydrofuran, cyclohexanone, pyridine, methylene chloride, chloroform and carbon tetrachloride. The choice of solvent depends on the particular starting materials used.

Ketoner er almindeligvis de foretrukne opløsningsmidler. Det mest fordelagtige opløsningsmiddel for den særlige kombination af reaktanter, der anvendes, kan let fastslås ved rutineforsøg.Ketones are generally the preferred solvents. The most advantageous solvent for the particular combination of reactants used can be readily ascertained in routine experiments.

35 Egnede sllyleringsmidler til anvendelse ved fremstilling af de po lysilylerede amlnoglycosid-udgangsmaterialer, der anvendes heri, omfatter sllyleringsmidler med formlen: BNSDOCID: <DK 172543B > 10 DK PR 172543 B1 r1\ ^^r14 f ^ --nh / _15Suitable abrasives for use in preparing the polysilylated aminoglycoside starting materials used herein include abrasives of the formula: BNS DOCID: <DK 172543B> 10 DK PR 172543 B1 r1 \ ^^ r14 f ^ - nh / _15

c 14 ' Rc 14 'R

5 Ri m ΛΑ I5 Ri m ΛΑ I

^Si /* og R16-Si-Z^ Si / * and R16-Si-Z

R14 ^n---Si [n « \ \L4 10 R ra k / (XV) (XVI) hvori R*8, R*8 og R*7 er udvalgt blandt hydrogen, halogen, (lavere) al-15 Kyl, (lavere)alkoxy, halogen(lavere)al kyl og phenyl, Idet mindst én af grupperne R15, R16 og R17 er forskellig fra halogen eller hydrogen; R14 betegner (lavere)al kyl, m er et helt tal på 1 til 2, og Z er udvalgt blandt halogen og R18 20 /R14 ^ n --- Si [n «\ L4 10 R ra k / (XV) (XVI) wherein R * 8, R * 8 and R * 7 are selected from hydrogen, halogen, (lower) al-15 Kyl , (lower) alkoxy, halogen (lower) alkyl and phenyl, At least one of the groups R15, R16 and R17 is different from halogen or hydrogen; R 14 represents (lower) all cooling, m is an integer of 1 to 2, and Z is selected from halogen and R18 20 /

-H-H

\„ R19\ "R19

lfi 1Qlfi 1Q

25 hvori R betegner hydrogen eller (lavere)alkyl, og R betegner hydrogen, (lavere)al kyl eller R15Wherein R represents hydrogen or (lower) alkyl and R represents hydrogen, (lower) alkyl or R 15

30 16 I30 16 I

R --si- i17 35 hvori R15, R18 og R17 har den ovenfor definerede betydning.R - side 17 wherein R 15, R 18 and R 17 have the meaning defined above.

a.NSOOCIO <OK 177M3FI > DK PR 172543 B1 na.NSOOCIO <OK 177M3FI> DK PR 172543 B1 n

Specifikke s11ylforbindel ser ned formlerne (XV) og (XVI) er: trimethylchlorsilan, hexamethyldisilazan, triethylchlorsilan, methyl-trichlorsllan, dimethyldichlorsilan, tr1ethyl broms11 an, tri-n-propyl-chlorsilan, methyldiethylchlorsilan, dimethyl ethylchlors11 an, dimethyl -5 t-butylchlorsilan, phenyldimethylbroms11an, benzylmethylethylchlorsilan, phenylethylmethylchlorsilan, triphenylchlorsilan, tri-phenylfluorsilan, tri-o-tolylchlorsilan, tri-p-dimethylaminophenylchlorsilan, N-ethyl-triethylsllylamln, hexaethyldisilazan, triphenylsilylamin, tri-n-propyl-silylamin, tetraethyldimethyldisllazan, hexaphenyldisllazan, hexa-p-10 tolyldisilazan, etc. Egnede er også hexaalkylcyclotrisilazaner og octa-alkylcyclotetrasilazaner. Andre passende silylerlngsmldler er silyl-amider (såsom trlalkylsilylacetamider og bis-trialkylsilylacetamlder), silylurinstoffer (såsom trimethylsilylurinstof) og silylureider. Også trinethyl silylimidazol kan anvendes.Specificsilyl compounds look down formulas (XV) and (XVI) are: trimethylchlorosilane, hexamethyldisilazane, triethylchlorosilane, methyltrichlorosilane, dimethichichlorosilane, triethylbromosilane, tri-n-propylchlorosilane, methyldiethylchlorosilane, methyldiethylchlorosilane, ,, phenyldimethylbromosilane, benzylmethylethylchlorosilane, phenylethylmethylchlorosilane, triphenylchlorosilane, tri-phenylfluorosilane, tri-o-tolylchlorosilane, tri-p-dimethylaminophenylchlorosilanylsilanylsilane, -10 tolyldisilazane, etc. Also suitable are hexaalkylcyclotrisilazanes and octa-alkylcyclotetrasilazanes. Other suitable silylating agents are silyl amides (such as trialkylsilylacetamides and bis-trialkylsilylacetamides), silylureas (such as trimethylsilylurea) and silylurides. Trinethyl silylimidazole can also be used.

15 En foretrukket silylgruppe er trlmethylsilylgruppen, og foretrukne silyleringsmldler til indførelse af trimethylsilylgruppen er hexamethyl-disilazan, bis(trimethy1si1y1)acetamid, trimethylsilylacetanld og trimethyl chlors 11 an. Hexamethylendisilazan er det mest foretrukne.A preferred silyl group is the trimethylsilyl group, and preferred silylating agents for introducing the trimethylsilyl group are hexamethylsilazane, bis (trimethylsilyl) acetamide, trimethylsilylacetane and trimethyl chlorine 11 an. Hexamethylenedisilazane is the most preferred.

Polysilylering af aminoglycosider ændrer den normale aktivltets-20 orden af de deri Indeholdte amlnogrupper. Således er 6'-amlnogruppen den mest aktive på kanamycinerne. Hvis ubeskyttet kanamycin A eller B acyle-res, er hovedprodukterne 6'-N-acylkanamyc1nerne. Det er af denne årsag, at kendte fremgangsmåder til fremstilling af l-N-acylkanamyc1ner krævede beskyttelse af 6'-N-am1nogruppen (f.eks. med carbobenzyloxy) for at opnå 25 1-N-acylproduktet med godt udbytte. Når derimod de polysilylerede kanamyci ner acyleres, er hovedprodukterne 1-N-acyl kanamycinerne. Det menes, at dette skyldes sterlske virkninger af tilstedende (eller nærliggende) sllylerede hydroxygrupper (såvel som tilstødende glycosid-bindinger), hvilket hindrer acylerlng ved de sædvanligvis mere aktive amlnogrupper; 30 men dette er kun en teoretisk forklaring og udgør ikke nogen del af opfindelsen.Polysilylation of aminoglycosides changes the normal order of activity of the amino groups contained therein. Thus, the 6'-amino group is the most active on the kanamycins. If unprotected kanamycin A or B is acylated, the main products are the 6'-N-acylcanamycins. It is for this reason that known methods for preparing 1-N-acylcanamycins required protection of the 6'-N-amino group (e.g. with carbobenzyloxy) to obtain the 1-N-acyl product in good yield. By contrast, when the polysilylated kanamycins are acylated, the main products are the 1-N-acyl kanamycins. This is believed to be due to steric effects of present (or nearby) sllylated hydroxy groups (as well as adjacent glycoside bonds), which prevents acylation by the usually more active amino groups; 30 but this is only a theoretical explanation and does not form part of the invention.

Kanamycin B har formlen: 35 BNSDOCID: <DK 172543S > »-i 12 DK PR 172543 B1 -¾ ApfY· h2N TV / 10 / HO —’ °\ / H oN'V' / HO 1 / 15 ° Når kanamycln B med alle hydroxygrupper sllyleret betragtes 1 lyset af ovenstående arbejdsteorl, ses det, at 3"-aminogruppen hindres ste-risk af de tilstedende 2"- og 4"-silylerede hydroxygrupper. Det menes, at det er af denne grund, at der scdvanligvis Ikke påvises noget 3"-20 acyleret produkt, når polysilyleret kanamycln B (eller de strukturelt lignende polysllylerede kanamycln A eller C) acyleres, selvom besvtrllge 3"-N-acylerede produkter fås ved kendte fremgangsmåder. På lignende måde hindres 6'-aminogruppen af den nerliggende 4'- og den nerliggende 3'-silylerede hydroxygruppe. 2'-aminogruppen hindres af den tilstødende 3'-25 silylerede hydroxygruppe og den tilstødende glycosidbinding.Kanamycin B has the formula: 35 BNS DOCID: <DK 172543S> »-i 12 DK PR 172543 B1 -¾ ApfY · h2N TV / 10 / HO - '° \ / H oN'V' / HO 1/15 ° When kanamycin B with all hydroxy groups sllylyated are considered in the light of the above working theory, it is seen that the 3 "amino group is greatly hindered by the 2" and 4 "silylated hydroxy groups present. It is for this reason that it is not usually detected some 3 "-20 acylated product when the polysilylated kanamycline B (or the structurally similar polysylylated kanamycline A or C) is acylated, although the best 3" N-acylated products are obtained by known methods. Similarly, the 6'-amino group of the neighboring is hindered. 4'and adjacent 3'-silylated hydroxy group The 2'-amino group is hindered by the adjacent 3'-25 silylated hydroxy group and the adjacent glycoside bond.

Andre aminoglycoslder, som er strukturelt beslzgtede med kanamy-cinerne, og som, når de polysHyleres, primert giver 1-N-acylproduktet, omfatter f.eks. 3'-deoxykanamyc1n A, 3'-deoxykanamyc1n B (tobramycin), 6'-N-al kylkanamycln A forbindelserne, 6'-N-al kylkanamycln B forbindel-30 serne, 3'-deoxy-6'-N-al kylkanamycln A forbindelserne, 3'-deoxy-6'-N-al kyl kanamycln B forbindelserne, gentamtdnerne A, B, Bj og X2, seldomycln-faktor 1 og 3 og aminoglycoslderne NK-1001 og NK-1012-1.Other aminoglycosides which are structurally similar to the kanamycins and which, when polysylated, primarily give the 1-N-acyl product, include, e.g. 3'-deoxycanamycin A, 3'-deoxycanamycin B (tobramycin), 6'-N-alkylcanamyclin A compounds, 6'-N-alkylcanamyclin B compounds, 3'-deoxy-6'-N-alkylcanamycline The A compounds, the 3'-deoxy-6'-N-alkyl canamycycline B compounds, the gene A, B, Bj and X2, cell selomycline factors 1 and 3 and the aminoglycosides NK-1001 and NK-1012-1.

Hvert af disse, og andre strukturelt lignende amlnoglycosider, giver primert det 1-N-substituerede produkt, når de acyleres i form af deres 35 polysllylerede derivat. Der dannes imidlertid 6'-N- og 3-N-substituerede produkter 1 små mengder, og den ene eller begge disse amlnogrupper kan om ønsket beskyttes, f.eks. med en carbobenzyloxygruppe.Each of these, and other structurally similar aminoglycosides, primarily give the 1-N-substituted product when acylated in the form of their polysyllylated derivative. However, 6'-N- and 3-N-substituted products are formed in small amounts, and one or both of these amino groups may be protected, e.g. with a carbobenzyloxy group.

En anden gruppe af aminoglycoslder, som, skønt de i øvrigt strukturelt ligner de ovenfor beskrevne kanamycintyper, indeholder hverken . .nSDOCIO <rDK 17?$43B > 13 DK PR 172543 B1 3'- eller 4'-hydroxygrupper (dvs. er 3',4'-dideoxyforbinde1ser). Når de polysllyleres, hindrer disse ikke sterlsk 6'-aminogruppen (eller 2'-amlnogruppen, hvis en sådan er til stede), og 6'-N-substituerede (eller 2'-6'-di-N-substituerede) forbindelser er hovedprodukterne ved acyle-5 ring. 1 disse amlnoglycosider er det nødvendigt at beskytte 6'-amino-gruppen (og 2'-aminogruppen, hvis en sådan er til stede) med en amino-blokerende gruppe, som er forskellig fra silyl (f.eks. med carbobenzyloxy) og acylere det polysllylerede 6'-N-blokerede (eller 2',6'-di-N-blokerede) aminoglycosld. Amlnoglycosider, som falder inden 10 for denne gruppe, omfatter f.eks. 3',4'dideoxykanamycln A, 3',4'-dideoxykanamycin B, 6'-N-a1kyl-3',4'-dideoxykanamycin A forbindelserne, 6'-N-alkyl-3',4'-dideoxykanamydn B forbindelserne, gentamldnerne Cj,Another group of aminoglycosides which, although otherwise structurally similar to the kanamycin types described above, contain neither. .nSDOCIO <rDK 17? $ 43B> 13 DK PR 172543 B1 3'- or 4'-hydroxy groups (i.e., 3 ', 4'-dideoxy compounds). When polysyllylated, these do not hinder the sterile 6'-amino group (or 2'-amino group, if present), and 6'-N-substituted (or 2'-6'-di-N-substituted) compounds are the main products of acyl-5 ring. In these aminoglycosides, it is necessary to protect the 6'-amino group (and the 2'-amino group, if present) with an amino-blocking group other than silyl (e.g. with carbobenzyloxy) and acylating the polysylated 6'-N-blocked (or 2 ', 6'-di-N-blocked) aminoglycoside. Aminoglycosides which fall within 10 of this group include e.g. 3 ', 4'-DideoxyCanamycin A, 3', 4'-DideoxyCanamycin B, 6'-N-alkyl-3 ', 4'-DideoxyCanamycin A Compounds, 6'-N-alkyl-3', 4'-DideoxyCanamycin B Compounds , the gentlemen Cj,

Cja> og Cga, aminoglycosidet XK-62-2, aminoglycosidet 66-400, verdamicin og s1som1cin.Cja> and Cga, aminoglycoside XK-62-2, aminoglycoside 66-400, verdamicin and s1som1cin.

IS En anden kategori af aminoglycosider er amlnoglycosiderne, hvori glycosidbindingen befinder sig 1 deoxystreptamlnringens 4- og 5-stilling frem for i 4- og 6-stillingen. Disse kan illustreres ved ribostamycin, som har formlen: 20 j. CIUNH-.Another category of aminoglycosides are the aminoglycosides in which the glycoside linkage is in the 4 and 5 positions of the deoxystreptamine ring rather than in the 4 and 6 positions. These can be illustrated by ribostamycin having the formula: 20 j. CIUNH-.

HO-X_- °\ ^ *7\\ H2N i * 1 NH, * r * ho , s·· / " kH'HO-X_- ° \ ^ * 7 \\ H2N in * 1 NH, * r * ho, s ·· / "kH '

HO OHHO OH

I aminoglycosider af ribostamycin-typen hindrer polysilylerfng den 35 ønskede l-N-am1nogruppe mere end den uønskede 3-N-am1nogmppe (idet de andre amlnogrupper er hindret som beskrevet ovenfor for kanamycin-typer-ne). Polysllylerede antibiotika af ribostamycin-typen vil således pr1-mert danne det 3-N-substituerede produkt ved acylering, og det er derfor nødvendigt at beskytte 3-aminogruppen med en amlnoblokerende gruppe så- BNSDOCID: <DK 172S43B» 14 DK PR 172543 B1 som carbobenzyloxy for at opnå det 1-N-substituerede produkt ved acyle-ring af det polysllylerede udgangsmateriale. Andre aminoglycosider, som falder Inden for denne kategori, omfatter f.eks. neomycinerne B og C, paromomycinerne I og II, lividomydnerne A og B, aminoglycosid 2230-C og 5 xylostasin samt deres 3'-deoxyderfvater. Også 6'-N-alkyl- og 3'-deoxy-6'-N-alkyl-varianterne af et hvilket som helst af ovennzvnte ribostamycin-type antibiotika, som indeholder en 6'-aminogruppe, herer til denne kategori. Nogle af amlnoglycoslderne af denne kategori indeholder en 6'-hydroxygruppe fremfor en 6'-aminogruppe.In ribostamycin-type amino glycosides, polysilylation inhibits the desired 1-N-amino group more than the unwanted 3-N-amino group (the other amino groups being hindered as described above for the kanamycin types). Thus, polysilylated ribostamycin-type antibiotics will primarily form the 3-N-substituted product by acylation, and it is therefore necessary to protect the 3-amino group with an amino blocking group as BNS DOCID: <DK 172S43B »14 DK PR 172543 B1 as carbobenzyloxy to obtain the 1-N-substituted product by acylation of the polysilylated starting material. Other aminoglycosides falling within this category include e.g. the neomycins B and C, the paromomycins I and II, the lividomydins A and B, aminoglycosides 2230-C and 5 xylostasin, and their 3'-deoxyders. Also, the 6'-N-alkyl and 3'-deoxy-6'-N-alkyl variants of any of the above-mentioned ribostamycin-type antibiotics containing a 6'-amino group belong to this category. Some of the aminoglycosides of this category contain a 6 'hydroxy group rather than a 6' amino group.

10 En anden gruppe af aminoglycosider er aminoglycosiderne af den ovenfor beskrevne ribostamycin-type, men som er 3',4'-dideoxy-forbindelser. Som ved de ovenfor beskrevne aminoglycosider af 3',4'-dideoxykanamycin-type vil 2'- og 6'-am1nogrupperne (i de aminoglycosider af denne kategori, som Indeholder en 6'-am1nogruppe) ikke vare hindrede 15 ved polysilylerlng. Ved forbindelser såsom 3',4'-dideoxyr1bostaipycin, 3',4'-dideoxyneomyc1nerne B og C og 3',4'-dideoxyxylostas1n samt deres 6'-N-alkyl-analoge er det følgelig nødvendigt at beskytte 2'-, 3- og 6'-aminogrupperne med en aminoblokerende gruppe såsom carbobenzyloxy,for at acylerlng af det polysllylerede udgangsmateriale primert skal frembringe 20 I-N-acylproduktet. Ved de aminoglycosider af denne kategori, som indeholder en 6'-hydroxygruppe frem for en 6'-aminogruppe (f.eks. 3',4'-dideoxyparomotnyclneme I og II og 4'-deoxy1iv1domycinerne A eller B) er det kun nødvendigt at beskytte 2'- og 3-aminogrupperne.Another group of aminoglycosides are the aminoglycosides of the ribostamycin type described above, which are 3 ', 4'-dideoxy compounds. As with the above-described aminoglycosides of 3 ', 4'-dideoxycanamycin type, the 2'- and 6'-amino groups (in those aminoglycosides of this category containing a 6'-amino group) will not be hindered by polysilylation. Accordingly, for compounds such as 3 ', 4'-dideoxyyrbostaipycin, 3', 4'-dideoxyneomyclines B and C and 3 ', 4'-dideoxyxylostasin and their 6'-N-alkyl analogs, it is necessary to protect 2'-, 3 - and the 6'-amino groups with an amino-blocking group such as carbobenzyloxy, so that acylation of the polysyllylated starting material should primarily produce the 20 IN acyl product. For those aminoglycosides of this category containing a 6'-hydroxy group rather than a 6'-amino group (e.g., 3 ', 4'-dideoxyparomotinyls I and II and the 4'-deoxy1IV1 domycins A or B), it is only necessary to protecting the 2 'and 3-amino groups.

Når der som udgangsmateriale anvendes et polysllyleret amlno-25 glycosid indeholdende fra 1 til 3 amlno-blokerende grupper, som er forskellige fra sllyl på andre amlnogrupper end C-l aminogruppen, kan dette udgangsmateriale fremstilles enten ved polysilylering af det ønskede N-blokerede aminoglycosid eller ved at indføre den ønskede N-blokerende gruppe 1 det polysllylerede aminoglycosid (om nødvendigt efter partiel 30 desilylering ved hydrolyse eller solvolyse).When a starting material is used a polysyllylated amino glycoside containing from 1 to 3 amino blocking groups different from sllyl on amino groups other than the C1 amino group, this starting material can be prepared either by polysilylation of the desired N-blocked aminoglycoside or by introduce the desired N-blocking group 1 the polysyllylated aminoglycoside (if necessary after partial desilylation by hydrolysis or solvolysis).

Fremgangsmåder til Indførelse af silylgrupper i organiske forbindelser, inklusive visse aminoglycosider, er kendte inden for området.Methods for introducing silyl groups into organic compounds, including certain aminoglycosides, are known in the art.

De polysllylerede kanamydner (med eller uden blokerende grupper, som er forskellige fra silyl på andre amlnogrupper end C-l aminogruppen) kan 35 fremstilles ved 1 og for sig kendte fremgangsmåder eller som beskrevet i denne beskrivelse.The polysyllylated kanamyden (with or without blocking groups different from silyl on amino groups other than the C-1 amino group) can be prepared by methods known per se or as described in this specification.

Betegnelsen "polysllyleret aminoglycosid" omfatter, som den anvendes heri, ikke et persilyleret aminoglycosid. Således omfatter f.eks. betegnelsen "polysllyleret kanamycln A" kanamycin A indeholdende fra 2 OCID: <DK 17?543B > 15 DK PR 172543 B1 til 10 silylgrupper i molekylet [der er ialt 11 positioner (4 amlnogrup-per og 7 hydroxygrupper), som kan silyleres].The term "polysyllylated aminoglycoside" as used herein does not include a persilylated aminoglycoside. Thus, e.g. the term "polysyllylated kanamycline A" kanamycin A containing from 2 OCID: <DK 17? 543B> 15 DK PR 172543 B1 to 10 silyl groups in the molecule [there are a total of 11 positions (4 amino groups and 7 hydroxy groups) which can be silylated].

Det precise antal af silylgrupper, som er til stede i de polysily-lerede aminoglycosid-udgangsmaterialer (med eller uden fra 1 til 3 5 amino-blokerende grupper, som er forskellige fra silyl på andre amlno- grupper end C-l aminogruppen) (eller deres position) kendes ikke. Det har vist sig, at såvel unders i lyler ing som overs1 ly lering formindsker udbyttet af det ønskede produkt og foreger udbyttet af andre produkter.The precise number of silyl groups present in the polysilylated aminoglycoside starting materials (with or without from 1 to 35 amino-blocking groups different from silyl on amino groups other than the Cl amino group) (or their position ) are not known. It has been found that both lysis and leaching reduce the yield of the desired product and increase the yield of other products.

Hvis det drejer sig om stærk under· eller overs i lyl er 1ng, kan en ringe 10 mængde eller Intet af det ønskede produkt blive dannet. Oen silylerings-grad, som vil give det største udbytte af det ønskede produkt, vil afhænge af de serllge reaktanter, der anvendes ved acyleringstrinnet. Den mest fordelagtige silyleringsgrad under anvendelse af en given kombination af reaktanter kan let bestemmes ved rutineforsøg.In case of strong under or overs in lyl is 1ng, a small amount of 10 or None of the desired product can be formed. The degree of silylation which will yield the greatest yield of the desired product will depend upon the many reactants used in the acylation step. The most advantageous degree of silylation using a given combination of reactants can be readily determined by routine experiments.

15 Det menes, at det foretrukne gennemsnitlige antal silylgrupper 1 det polys1lylerede aminoglycosid-udgangsmateriale sædvanligvis vil ligge mellem en nedre grense på 4 og en øvre grænse, som er lig med én mere end det totale antal hydroxygrupper 1 amlnoglycosidmolekylet, og at disse øvre og nedre grænser senkes med én for hver ami no-blokerende gruppe, 20 som er til stede 1 aminoglycosidmolekylet. Hen denne forklaring er kun teori og betragtes ikke som en del af opfindelsen.It is believed that the preferred average number of silyl groups in the polysilylated aminoglycoside starting material will usually be between a lower limit of 4 and an upper limit equal to one more than the total number of hydroxy groups in the aminoglycoside molecule, and that these upper and lower limits are lowered by one for each ami non-blocking group, 20 present in the aminoglycoside molecule. This explanation is merely theory and is not considered part of the invention.

Polysilylerede aminoglycosIder indeholdende det ønskede antal silylgrupper kan fremstilles enten ved at anvende en silyleringsmiddel-mengde, som blot er tilstrækkelig til at tilføje det ønskede antal sl-25 lylgrupper, eller ved at anvende overskydende silyleringsmlddel til per-silylering af amlnoglycosidet og derefter desilylere partielt ved hydrolyse eller solvolyse.Polysilylated aminoglycosides containing the desired number of silyl groups can be prepared either by using an amount of silylating agent sufficient to add the desired number of silyl groups or by using excess silylating agent to perilylate the aminoglycoside and then desilylate partially. hydrolysis or solvolysis.

Således har det f.eks. vist sig, at der ved fremstilling af 1-N-[L-(-)-y-am1no-o-hydroxybutyryl)kanamycin A ved acylering af polysilyleret 30 kanamycin A med N-hydroxysucc1n1m1desteren af L-(-)-y-benzyloxycarbonyl-amino-a-hydroxysmørsyre 1 acetone-opløsning fås gode udbytter af det ønskede produkt, når der anvendes polysilyleret kanamycin A, som er blevet fremstillet ved at omsætte fra ca. 4 til ca. 5,5 mol hexamethyldisilazan pr. mol kanamycin A. Større eller mindre mængder 35 hexamethyldisilazan kan anvendes, men udbyttet af det ønskede produkt ved det efterfølgende acylerlngstrln sænkes betydeligt. Ved den ovenfor anførte specifikke fremgangsmåde foretrækkes det at anvende fra ca. 4,5 til ca. 5,0 mol hexamethyldisilazan pr. mol kanamycin med henblik på opnåelse af maksimalt udbytte af produkt ved acyleringstrinnet.Thus, it has e.g. It has been found that in the preparation of 1-N- [L - (-) - γ-amino-o-hydroxybutyryl) kanamycin A by acylation of polysilylated kanamycin A with the N-hydroxysuccin1m1 ester of L - (-) - γ-benzyloxycarbonyl -amino-α-hydroxybutyric acid 1 acetone solution gives good yields of the desired product when using polysilylated kanamycin A, which has been prepared by reacting from ca. 4 to approx. 5.5 moles of hexamethyldisilazane per greater or smaller amounts of hexamethyldisilazane may be used, but the yield of the desired product at the subsequent acylation stage is considerably lowered. In the specific method outlined above, it is preferred to use from ca. 4.5 to approx. 5.0 moles of hexamethyldisilazane per moles of kanamycin in order to obtain maximum yield of product at the acylation step.

BNSDOCID: <DK 172543B > 16 DK PR 172543 B1BNS DOCID: <DK 172543B> 16 DK PR 172543 B1

Det vil kunne forstis, at hvert mol hexamethyldisilazan er 1 stand til at indføre to ækvivalenter af trimethylsilylgruppen 1 kanamydn A eller B. Kanamydn A eller B har hver ialt elleve positioner (NH^- og OH-grupper), som kan silyleres, mens kanamydn A og B indeholdende en 5 blokerende gruppe, som er forskellig fra silyl på en anden aminogruppe end C-l aminogruppen, hver har Ialt t1 sådanne positioner. Således kunne 5,5 nol hexamethyldisilazan pr. mol kanamydn A eller B teoretisk fuldstændigt silylere alle OH- og NH^-grupper på kanamycinet, mens 5,0 mol hexamethyldisilazan fuldstændigt kunne silylere et mol kanamydn A eller 10 B indeholdende en blokerende gruppe, som er forskellig fra silyl, på en anden aminogruppe end C-l aminogruppen. Oet menes imidlertid, at en så vidtgående silylering ikke finder sted med disse molære forhold inden for rimelige reaktionstidsrum, skønt højere silyleringsgrader opnås Inden for en given reaktionstid, når der tilsættes en sllyleringskatalysa-15 tor.It will be appreciated that each mole of hexamethyldisilazane is capable of introducing two equivalents of the trimethylsilyl group 1 kanamydn A or B. Kanamydn A or B each has eleven positions (NH position and OH groups) which can be silylated while kanamydn A and B containing a blocking group which is different from silyl on a different amino group than the C1 amino group, each having a total of such positions. Thus, 5.5 nol of hexamethyldisilazane per theoretically completely silylate all OH and NH 2 groups on the kanamycin, while 5.0 mol of hexamethyldisilazane could completely silylate one mol of kanamydn A or 10 B containing a blocking group different from silyl on another amino group than the Cl amino group. However, it is believed that such extensive silylation does not occur with these molar ratios within reasonable reaction times, although higher rates of silylation are obtained within a given reaction time when a slurry catalyst is added.

Silyleringskatalysatorer accelererer i høj grad silylerlngshastig-heden. Egnede silyleringskatalysatorer er velkendte Inden for området, og de omfatter blandt andet amlnsulfater (som kan være amlnoglycosldsul-fatet), sulfamlnsyre, Imidazol og tetramethylchlorsllan. Silyleringska-20 talysatorer fremmer sædvanligvis en højere silylerlngsgrad, end hvad der kræves til fremgangsmåden ifølge opfindelsen. Oversilylerede aainoglyco-sider kan Imidlertid anvendes som udgangsmateriale, hvis de først behandles med et desllyleringsmiddel til reduktion af silylerIngsgraden, før acylerlngsreaktIonen gennemføres.Silylation catalysts greatly accelerate the silylation rate. Suitable silylation catalysts are well known in the art and include, inter alia, amine sulfates (which may be the aminoglycosulfate), sulfamic acid, imidazole and tetramethylchlorosilane. Silylation catalysts generally promote a higher degree of silylation than is required for the process of the invention. However, oversilylated ainoglycosides can be used as starting material if first treated with a desilylating agent to reduce the degree of silylation before conducting the acylation reaction.

25 Således opnås der f.eks. gode udbytter af ønsket produkt, når man acylerer polysilyleret kanamydn A fremstillet under anvendelse af et 5,5:1 molært forhold af hexamethyldisilazan til kanamydn A. Når imidlertid kanamycln A silyleret med et 7:1 molært forhold af hexamethyldisilazan (eller med et 5,5:1 molært forhold under tilstedeværelse af en 30 silyleringskatalysator acyleredes 1 acetone med N-hydroxysucc1n1mid-esteren af L-(-)-y-benzyloxycarbonylamino-e-hydroxyl smørsyre, opnåedes mindre end et 1% udbytte af det ønskede produkt. Når imidlertid samme "oversi lylerede" kanamydn A acyleredes med samme acylerlngsmiddel i acetoneopløsning, hvortil vand [21 mol vand pr. mol kanamydn; 2,5% vand 35 (vægt/vol.)] var blevet sat som desilylerlngsmlddel 1 time før acylerin-gen, opnåedes et udbytte på omkring 40% af det ønskede produkt. Samme resultater opnås, hvis vandet erstattes med methanol eller en anden aktiv hydrogenforbindelse, som er 1 stand til at udvirke desilylerlng, f.eks. ethanol, propanol, butandiol, methyl, mercaptan, ethylmercaptan, BNSDOCIO <OK 17?543B » 17 OK PR 172543 B1 phenylmercaptan eller lignende.Thus, e.g. good yields of desired product when acylating polysilylated kanamydn A prepared using a 5.5: 1 molar ratio of hexamethyldisilazane to kanamydn A. However, kanamyclin A silylated with a 7: 1 molar ratio of hexamethyldisilazane (or with a 5, 5: 1 molar ratio in the presence of a silylation catalyst, 1 acetone was acylated with the N-hydroxysuccinimide ester of L - (-) - γ-benzyloxycarbonylamino-e-hydroxyl butyric acid, less than a 1% yield of the desired product was obtained. the same "oversylated" kanamydn A was acylated with the same acylating agent in acetone solution to which water [21 moles water per mole kanamydn; 2.5% water 35 (w / v)] had been added as a desilylating agent 1 hour before the acylation, a yield of about 40% of the desired product was obtained.The same results are obtained if the water is replaced by methanol or another active hydrogen compound capable of desilylation, e.g., ethanol, propanol, butanediol, methyl, mercaptan, ethylmercaptan, BNSDOCIO <OK 17? 543B »17 OK PR 172543 B1 phenylmercaptan or the like.

Skent det er sædvanligt at anvende terre oplesningsmidler ved arbejde med sllylerende materialer, har det overraskende vist sig, at tilsætning af vand til reaktionsoplesningsmidlet forud for acylering, 5 selv 1 fravær af "oversllylerlng", ofte giver lige så gode udbytter og af og til giver bedre udbytter af ensket produkt end et tert opløsningsmiddel. Således har det f.eks. ved acyleringsreaktioner gennemført i acetone ved de sædvanlige koncentrationer pi 10-20% (vægt/vol.) af poly-silyleret kanamycin A vist sig, at fortræffelige udbytter af l-N-[L-(-)-10 Tf-am1no-o-hydroxybutyryl]kanamycin A opniedes ved tilsætning af op til 28 mol vand pr. mol polys Hyleret kanamycin A; ved en koncentration på 20% er 28 mol pr. mol omkring 8% vand. Ved andre kombinationer af reaktanter og opløsningsmidler kan endog mere vand blive tolereret eller være gunstigt. Acyleringsreaktlonen kan gennemføres i opløsningsmidler in-15 deholdende op til ca. 40% vand, skønt man ved si høje vandkoncentratio-ner må anvende korte acyleringstider for at undgå for stor desilylering af det polysilylerede aminoglycosid-udgangsmaterlale. Et foretrukket Interval er op til ca. 20% vand, et mere foretrukket interval er op til ca. 8% vand, og det mest foretrukne interval er op til ca. 4% vand.While it is customary to use terre solvents when working with flushing materials, it has surprisingly been found that adding water to the reaction solvent prior to acylation, 5 even 1 absence of "flushing", often yields equally good yields and sometimes gives better yields of a single product than a dry solvent. Thus, it has e.g. by acylation reactions carried out in acetone at the usual concentrations of 10-20% (w / v) of poly-silylated kanamycin A, it was found that excellent yields of 1N- [L - (-) - 10 Tf-amino-o-hydroxybutyryl ] kanamycin A is obtained by adding up to 28 moles of water per ml. mole polysylated kanamycin A; at a concentration of 20%, 28 moles per mole about 8% water. In other combinations of reactants and solvents, even more water may be tolerated or beneficial. The acylation reaction can be carried out in solvents containing up to approx. 40% water, although at high water concentrations, short acylation times must be used to avoid excessive disilylation of the polysilylated aminoglycoside starting material. A preferred interval is up to approx. 20% water, a more preferred range is up to approx. 8% water and the most preferred range is up to approx. 4% water.

20 Medmindre,som beskrevet ovenfor, der anvendes opløsningsmidler indeholdende meget store vandmængder, er varigheden af acyleringsreaktionen ikke kritisk. Oer kan anvendes temperaturer i intervallet fra ca.Unless, as described above, solvents containing very large quantities of water are used, the duration of the acylation reaction is not critical. Temperatures can be used in the range of from approx.

-30gC til ca. 100DC i reaktionstidsrum varierende fra omkring 1 time og op til 1 dag eller mere. Omsætningen forløber sædvanligvis godt ved 25 stuetemperatur og kan af bekvemmelighedsgrunde gennemføres ved omgivelsestemperatur. Med henblik på maksimale udbytter og selektiv acylering foretrækkes det imidlertid at gennemføre acylerlngen ved fra ca. 0 til 5°.-30gC to approx. 100DC in reaction times varying from about 1 hour to up to 1 day or more. The reaction usually proceeds well at room temperature and can be carried out at ambient temperature for convenience. However, for maximum yields and selective acylation, it is preferable to carry out the acylation by from ca. 0 to 5 °.

Acylering af 1-aminogruppen 1 det polysilylerede amlnoglycosid (med 30 eller uden en blokerende gruppe, som er forskellig fra sllyl på en anden aminogruppe end C-l aminogruppen) kan gennemføres med et hvilket som helst acylerende derivat af syren med formel (XIII), som Inden for området er kendt for at være egnet til acylering af en primær aminogruppe.Acylation of the 1-amino group 1 of the polysilylated aminoglycoside (with or without a blocking group other than sllyl on an amino group other than the C1 amino group) can be carried out with any acylating derivative of the acid of formula (XIII) for the region is known to be suitable for acylation of a primary amino group.

Eksempler på egnede acylerende derivater af den frie syre omfatter de 35 tilsvarende syreanhydrlder, blandede anhydrider, f.eks. alkoxymyresyre-anhydrider, syrehalogenider, syreacider, aktive estere og aktive thio-estere. Oen frie syre kan kobles med det polysilylerede aminoglycosid-udgangsmaterlale, efter at den frie syre først er omsat med N,N'-di-methylch1orform1min1umchlorid [jfr. britisk patentskrift nr. 1.008.170 BNSDOCID: <DK 172543Β» 18 DK PR 172543 B1 og Novak og Weichet, "Experientia" XXI, 6, 360 (1965)] eller ved anvendelse af et Ν,Ν'-carbonyldiimidazol eller et N,N'-carbonyld1tr1azol [jfr. sydafrikansk patentbeskrivelse nr. 63/2684] eller et carbodllmid-reagens [iser N,N'-d1cyclohexy1carbod11mid, Ν,Ν'-diisopropylcarbodiim1d 5 eller N-cyc1ohexyl-N'-(2-morphol1noethyl)-carbodiimid: jfr. Sheehan og Hess, J.A.C.S., 77, 1967 (1955)], eller af et alkynylaaiinreagens [jfr.Examples of suitable acylating derivatives of the free acid include the corresponding acid anhydrides, mixed anhydrides, e.g. alkoxy formic anhydrides, acid halides, acid acids, active esters and active thioesters. The free acid can be coupled to the polysilylated aminoglycoside starting material after the free acid is first reacted with N, N'-dimethylchloroforminminum chloride [cf. British Patent Specification No. 1,008,170 BNSDOCID: <DK 172543Β »18 DK PR 172543 B1 and Novak and Weichet," Experientia "XXI, 6, 360 (1965)] or using a Ν, Ν'-carbonyldiimidazole or an N, N'-carbonyld1tr1azole [cf. South African Patent Specification No. 63/2684] or a carbodylmide reagent [ises N, N'-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide, Ν, Ν'-diisopropylcarbodiimide or N-cyclohexyl-N '- (2-morpholinoethyl) carbodiimide Sheehan and Hess, J.A.C.S., 77, 1967 (1955)], or of an alkynylaidine reagent [cf.

R. Buijle og H.G. Viehe, Angew. Chem. international udgave, 3, 582 (1964)] eller af et isoxazoliumsaltreagens [jfr. R.B. Woodward, R.A.R. Buijle and H.G. Viehe, Angew. Chem. International Edition, 3, 582 (1964)] or of an isoxazolium salt reagent [cf. RB Woodward, R.A.

Olofson og H. Mayer, J. Aner. Chem. Soc., 83, 1010 (1961)], eller af et 10 ketenimlnreagens [jfr. C.L. Stevens og M.E. Mund, J. Amer. Chem. Soc., 80, 4065 (1958)] eller af hexachlorcyclotriphosphatriazln eller hexa-bromcyclotriphosphatriazin (USA-patent nr. 3.651.050) eller af diphenyl -phosphorylazid [ODPA; J. Amer. Chem. Soc., 94, 6203-6205 (1972)] eller af diethylphosphorylcyanid [0EPC; Tetrahedron Letters No. 18, pp. 1595-15 1598 (1973)] eller af diphenylphosphit [Tetrahedron Letters No. 49, pp.Olofson and H. Mayer, J. Aner. Chem. Soc., 83, 1010 (1961)], or of a ketenimine reagent [cf. C. L. Stevens and M.E. Mund, J. Amer. Chem. Soc., 80, 4065 (1958)] or of hexachlorocyclotriphosphatriazine or hexa-bromocyclotriphosphatriazine (U.S. Patent No. 3,651,050) or of diphenylphosphoryl azide [ODPA; J. Amer. Chem. Soc., 94, 6203-6205 (1972)] or of diethylphosphoryl cyanide [OEPC; Tetrahedron Letters No. 18, pp. 1595-15 1598 (1973)] or of diphenylphosphite [Tetrahedron Letters No. 49, pp.

5047-5050 (1972)]. En anden med syren skvivalent forbindelse er et tilsvarende azolid, dvs. et amid af den tilsvarende syre, hvis amidnitrogen indgår i en quasiaromatisk femleddet ring indeholdende mindst to nitrogenatomer, dvs. imidazol, pyrazol, triazolerne, benzimidazol, benzo-20 triazol og de substituerede derivater deraf. Som det vil kunne forstås af fagmanden, kan det af og til vzre Onskeligt eller nødvendigt at beskytte hydroxylgruppen på det acylerende derivat af syren med formel (XIII), f.eks.ved anvendelse af acylerende derivater såsom et syre-halogenid. Beskyttelse af hydroxygruppen kan gennemføres på måder, der 25 er kendt inden for området, f.eks. ved anvendelse af en carbobenzyloxy-gruppe, ved acetylering, ved silylerlng eller lignende.5047-5050 (1972)]. Another acid equivalent compound is a corresponding azolid, ie. an amide of the corresponding acid whose amide nitrogen is included in a quasiaromatic five-membered ring containing at least two nitrogen atoms, i. imidazole, pyrazole, the triazoles, benzimidazole, benzotriazole and the substituted derivatives thereof. As will be appreciated by those skilled in the art, it may sometimes be desirable or necessary to protect the hydroxyl group on the acylating derivative of the acid of formula (XIII), for example, using acylating derivatives such as an acid halide. Protection of the hydroxy group may be accomplished in ways known in the art, e.g. using a carbobenzyloxy group, by acetylation, by silylation or the like.

I en foretrukket udførelsesform for opfindelsen er det acylerende derivat af syren med formel (XIII) en aktiv ester, og fortrinsvis dens aktive ester med N-hydroxysuccinlmid, N-hydroxy-5-norbornen-2,3-30 dicarboxlmid eller N-hydroxyphthalimld. I en anden foretrukket udførel-sesform er det acylerende derivat af syren med formel (XIII) et blandet syreanhydrid, og fortrinsvis dens blandede syreanhydrid med pivallnsyre, benzoesyre, isobutylcarbonsyre eller benzyl carbonsyre.In a preferred embodiment of the invention, the acylating derivative of the acid of formula (XIII) is an active ester, and preferably its active ester with N-hydroxysuccinylmide, N-hydroxy-5-norbornene-2,3-30 dicarboxylmide or N-hydroxyphthalimide. In another preferred embodiment, the acylating derivative of the acid of formula (XIII) is a mixed acid anhydride, and preferably its mixed acid anhydride with pivalic acid, benzoic acid, isobutyl carboxylic acid or benzyl carboxylic acid.

Efter at acyleringen af det polysilylerede aminoglycosid er afslut-35 tet, fjernes alle blokerende grupper på 1 og for sig kendt måde til frembringelse af det ønskede produkt med formel (I). F.eks. fjernes silylgrupperne let ved hydrolyse med vand, fortrinsvis ved lav pH-vxrdi.After the acylation of the polysilylated aminoglycoside is complete, all blocking groups are removed in 1 known manner to produce the desired product of formula (I). Eg. the silyl groups are easily removed by hydrolysis with water, preferably at low pH.

Også eventuelle ami no-bl okerende grupper på aminoglycosidmolekylet eller på acylsyrekcden kan fjernes på kendt måde. Således kan en t-butoxy- ^Nsnnrm· n* 179^7«-, 19 DK PR 172543 B1 carbonylgruppe fjernes ved anvendelse af myresyre, en carbobenzyloxy-gruppe ved katalytisk hydrogenering, en 2-hydroxy-1-naphthcarbonylgruppe ved sur hydrolyse, en trichlorethoxycarbonylgruppe ved behandling med zinkstev 1 Iseddikesyre, phthaloylgruppen ved behandling med hydrazin- 5 hydrat 1 ethanol under opvarmning, tri fluoracetylgruppen ved behandling med NH^OH, etc.Also, any amine-blocking groups on the aminoglycoside molecule or on the acyl acid chain can be removed in known manner. Thus, a t-butoxy- * Nsnnrm · n * 179 ^ 7 «-, carbonyl group can be removed using formic acid, a carbobenzyloxy group by catalytic hydrogenation, a 2-hydroxy-1-naphthcarbonyl group by acid hydrolysis. a trichloroethoxycarbonyl group by treatment with zinc stove 1 glacial acetic acid, the phthaloyl group by treatment with hydrazine hydrate 1 ethanol under heating, the trifluoroacetyl group by treatment with NH4 OH, etc.

Foretrukne amino-blokerende grupper, som er egnede til beskyttelse af amlnogrupper 1 såvel aminoglycosldmolekylet som amlnogruppen 1 den acylerende syre med formel (XIII), er grupperne med formlerne: 10 R20 ,__ O CH3 o o 15 - CHjOC-, CHj-C-O-C- · Y2XCC- ' r21>^=/ CH3Preferred amino-blocking groups suitable for protecting amino groups 1 of both the aminoglycosyl molecule and the amino group 1 of the acylating acid of formula (XIII) are the groups of the formulas: 10 R20, __O CH3oO 15 - CH2OC-, CH2-COC- Y2XCC- 'r21> ^ = / CH3

QQ

25 M°* U25 M ° * U

o in 11 X3C-C82-0-C- »8o in 11 X3C-C82-0-C- »8

IIII

o 35 BNSDOCID: <DK 172S43B > 20 DK PR 172543 B1 hvori R20 og R21 er ens eller forskellige, og hver især betegner H, F,o BNS DOCID: <DK 172S43B> 20 DK PR 172543 B1 wherein R20 and R21 are the same or different and each represents H, F,

Cl, Br, NOg, OH, (lavere)alkyl eller (lavere)alkoxy, X betegner Cl, Br, F eller I, og Y betegner H, Cl, Br, F eller !. En særlig foretrukket am1no-blokerende gruppe til anvendelse 1 amtnoglycosidmolekylet er car-5 bobenzyloxygruppen. Særligt foretrukne amino-blokerende grupper til anvendelse 1 den acylerende syre med formel (XIII) er carbobenzyloxy-, tri fluoracetyl- og t-butyloxycarbonylgrupperne.Cl, Br, NOg, OH, (lower) alkyl or (lower) alkoxy, X represents Cl, Br, F or I, and Y represents H, Cl, Br, F or 1. A particularly preferred amino blocking group for use in the amtnoglycoside molecule is the carbobenzyloxy group. Particularly preferred amino-blocking groups for use in the acylating acid of formula (XIII) are the carbobenzyloxy, trifluoroacetyl and t-butyloxycarbonyl groups.

Nogle af forbindelserne med formel (I) indeholder en dobbeltbinding 2 (dvs. hvor substituenten R har strukturen IV). Disse er forbindelser 10 afledt af s4danne amtnoglycosider som sisomicln, verdamicin, G-52, 66-40B og 66-40D. Nir sidanne forbindelser anvendes, vi1 fagmanden forsti, at enhver reduktionsteknik, som ville reducere dobbeltbindingen, bør undgis. Siledes bør der f.eks. anvendes amlnoblokerende grupper, som kan fjernes ved hydrolyse eller ved hjælp af et alkalimetal i flydende ammo-15 niak, siledes at den reduktion af dobbeltbindingen, som ville indtræffe ved sidanne teknikker som katalytisk hydrogenolyse, undgås.Some of the compounds of formula (I) contain a double bond 2 (i.e., where the substituent R has the structure IV). These are compounds 10 derived from such amnoglycosides such as sisomicline, verdamicin, G-52, 66-40B and 66-40D. No lateral connections are used, as one skilled in the art understands that any reduction technique which would reduce the double bond should be avoided. Thus, e.g. For example, amino blocking groups which can be removed by hydrolysis or by means of an alkali metal in liquid ammonia are used, so that the reduction of the double bond which would occur by lateral techniques such as catalytic hydrogenolysis is avoided.

Produktudbytter bestemtes ved hjælp af forskellige metoder. Efter fjernelse af alle blokerende grupper og kromatografi pi en "CG-50" (NHj+) søjle kunne udbyttet bestemmes ved Isolering af det krystallinske 20 faste stof fra passende fraktioner eller ved mi krobiologi sk analyse (turbidimetrlsk eller plade) af passende fraktioner. En anden teknik, som anvendtes, var stærkt effektiv væskekromatografi af den ureducerede acyleringsblanding, dvs. den vandige opløsning, der opniedes efter hydrolyse af silylgrupperne og fjernelse af organisk opløsningsmiddel, men 25 før hydrogenolyse t11 fjernelse af den eller de resterende blokerende gruppe(r). Denne analyse var Ikke en direkte analyse for slutproduktet, men for de tilsvarende N-blokerede forbindelser.Product yields were determined by various methods. After removal of all blocking groups and chromatography on a "CG-50" (NH₂ +) column, the yield could be determined by Isolating the crystalline solid from appropriate fractions or by microbiological analysis (turbidimetric or plate) of appropriate fractions. Another technique used was highly effective liquid chromatography of the unreduced acylation mixture, i.e. the aqueous solution obtained after hydrolysis of the silyl groups and removal of organic solvent but before hydrogenolysis to remove the remaining blocking group (s). This analysis was not a direct analysis for the final product, but for the corresponding N-blocked compounds.

Det anvendte Instrument var en Waters Associates "ALC/GPC 244" høj-tryks-væskekromatograf med en Waters Associates absorptionsdetektor af 30 model 440 og en 30 cm x 3,9 mm l.d. "μ-Bondapak C-18" søjle, under følgende betingelser:The instrument used was a Waters Associates "ALC / GPC 244" high pressure liquid chromatograph with a Waters Associates absorption detector of 30 model 440 and a 30 cm x 3.9 mm l.d. "μ-Bondapak C-18" column, under the following conditions:

Hobil fase: 25% 2-propanol 75% 0,01 m natriumacetat pH 4,0 35 Strømningshastighed: 1 ml/min.Mobil phase: 25% 2-propanol 75% 0.01 m sodium acetate pH 4.0 Flow rate: 1 ml / min.

Detektor: UV ved 254 nmDetector: UV at 254 nm

Følsomhed: 0,04 AUFSSensitivity: 0.04 AUFS

Fortyndingsmiddel: DMSODiluent: DMSO

Injiceret mængde: 5 μΐ . NSDOCin· iDK 1 > DK PR 172543 B1 21Injected amount: 5 μΐ. NSDOCin · iDK 1> DK PR 172543 B1 21

Koncentration: 10mg/ml.Concentration: 10mg / ml.

Kurvehastigheden varierede, men 2 m1n./2,54 cm var typisk. Ovennævnte betingelser gav UV-kurver med toppe, som var lette at måle kvantitativt.The curve velocity varied, but 2 m1n./2.54 cm was typical. The above conditions provided UV curves with peaks that were easy to quantitatively measure.

5 Resultaterne af ovenstående analyser er 1 beskrivelsen betegnet som HPLC-analyser.5 The results of the above assays are described in the description as HPLC assays.

For at undgå gentagelse af komplekse kemiske betegnelser anvendes felgende forkortelser af og til i beskrivelsen: 10 AHBA L-(-)-Tr-am1no-tt-hydroxysmersyreIn order to avoid repetition of complex chemical names, the following abbreviations are sometimes used in the description: 10 AHBA L - (-) - Tr-amino-tt-hydroxysmic acid

BHBA N-carbobenzyloxy-derivat af AHBABHBA N-carbobenzyloxy derivative of AHBA

HONB N-hydroxy-5-norbornen-2,3-dicarboximid NAE N-hydroxy-5-norbornen-2,3-dicarboxlmid (eller BHBA-'ONB') aktiveret ester af BHBA 15 HONS N-hydroxysuccinlmid SAE N-hydroxysuccinimid-aktiveret ester af (eller BHBA*ONS') BHBA DCC dicyclohexylcarbodiimid DCU dicyclohexylurinstof 20 HHDS hexamethyld i s i 1azan BSA (bis(trimethylsilyl)acetamid HSA trimethyl sllylacetamid TFA tri fluoracetyl t-BOC tert.-butvloxvcarbonvl 25 "Dicalite" er et varemærke fra Great Lakes Carbon Corporation for diatoméjord.HONB N-hydroxy-5-norbornene-2,3-dicarboximide NAE N-hydroxy-5-norbornene-2,3-dicarboxylmide (or BHBA-'ONB ') activated ester of BHBA HONS N-hydroxysuccinylmide SAE N-hydroxysuccinimide activated ester of (or BHBA * ONS ') BHBA DCC dicyclohexylcarbodiimide DCU dicyclohexylurea 20 HHDS hexamethyl isisazane BSA (bis (trimethylsilyl) acetamide HSA trimethyl sllylacetamide TFA tri fluoroacetyl t-BOC tertvc Carbon Corporation for diatomaceous earth.

"Amberi i te CG-50" er et varemærke fra Rohm and Haas Co. for kroma-tograf 1 -udformningen af en svagt sur kationlsk ionbytterharpiks af car-30 boxyl-polymethacryltypen."Amberi in Tea CG-50" is a trademark of Rohm and Haas Co. for the chromatographic design of a weakly acidic cationic carboxyl polymethacryl type ion exchange resin.

"μ-Bondapak" er et varemærke fra Waters Associates for en serie stærkt effektive væskekromatografisøjler."μ-Bondapak" is a trademark of Waters Associates for a series of highly effective liquid chromatography columns.

Alle temperaturer heri er anført i °C.All temperatures herein are listed in ° C.

Med betegnelserne "(lavere)al kyl" og "(lavere)alkoxy" menes, som de 35 anvendes heri, alkyl- eller alkoxygrupper Indeholdende fra 1 til 6 car-bonatomer.By the terms "(lower) alkyl" and "(lower) alkoxy", as used herein, is meant alkyl or alkoxy groups containing from 1 to 6 carbon atoms.

Med betegnelsen "farmaceutisk acceptabelt syreadditionssalt" af en forbindelse med formel (I) menes, som den anvendes i beskrivelsen og i kravene, et mono-, di-, tri-, tetra- (eller højere) salt dannet ved BNSDOCID: <DK 172543Β» 22 DK PR 172543 B1 vekselvirkning nellem et molekyle af en forbindelse med formel (I) og et eller flere ækvivalenter af en 1kke-tox1sk, farmaceutisk acceptabel syre 1 afhængighed af den særlige forbindelse med formel (1). Som det vil kunne forstis, kan et syreaddltlonssalt dannes ved hver af aminogrupper- 5 ne 1 molekylet, sivel 1 amlnoglycosIdkernen som 1 acyls idekæden. Medregnet blandt disse syrer er eddikesyre, saltsyre, svovlsyre, nalelnsyre, phosphorsyre, salpetersyre, brombrintesyre, ascorblnsyre, «blesyre og citronsyre, og de andre syrer, som er almindeligt anvendt til dannelse af salte af amlnholdlge legemidler.By the term "pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salt" of a compound of formula (I) is meant, as used in the specification and claims, a mono-, di-, tri-, tetra- (or higher) salt formed by BNS DOCID: <DK 172543Β B1 interaction between a molecule of a compound of formula (I) and one or more equivalents of a non-toxic, pharmaceutically acceptable acid 1 depending on the particular compound of formula (1). As will be appreciated, an acid addition salt can be formed at each of the amino groups of the molecule, as well as the 1 amino acid glycoside core, as the 1 acyl chain of ideas. Included among these acids are acetic acid, hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid, nitric acid, hydrobromic acid, ascorbic acid, hydrochloric acid and citric acid, and the other acids commonly used to form salts of amine-containing drugs.

10 Oe fleste af amlnoglycosiderne, som anvendes som udgangsmaterialerMost of the aminoglycosides used as starting materials

Ifølge den foreliggende opfindelse, er kendte. Et hvilket som helst individuelt amlnoglycosId, som Ikke er 1 og for sig kendt (f.eks. et ikke tidligere beskrevet 6'-N-methylder1vat af et kendt amlnoglycosld) kan let fremstilles ved fremgangsmider, som er velkendte Inden for omridet, 15 til fremstilling af dermed analoge forbindelser.According to the present invention, are known. Any individual aminoglycoside, which is Not 1 and known per se (e.g., a previously described 6'-N-methyl derivative of a known aminoglycoside) can be readily prepared by methods well known in the art, 15 to preparation of analogous analogs.

Oe ved den foreliggende opfindelse fremstillede forbindelser med formel (I) er aktive over for gram-positive og gram-negative bakterier og anvendes analogt med andre kendte aminoglycoslder. Mange af forbindelserne med formel (I) er 1 og for sig kendte.Compounds of formula (I) prepared by the present invention are active against gram-positive and gram-negative bacteria and are used analogously to other known aminoglycosides. Many of the compounds of formula (I) are 1 and known per se.

20 Ifølge et andet aspekt af den foreliggende opfindelse tilvejebrin ges polysilylerede aminoglycoslder med formel (XIV) eller polysllylerede aminoglycoslder med formel (XIV) Indeholdende fra 1 til 3 amino-blokerende grupper, som er forskellige fra sllyl pi andre amlnogrupper end ΟΙ aalnogruppen.According to another aspect of the present invention, polysilylated aminoglycosides of formula (XIV) or polysilylated aminoglycosides of formula (XIV) are provided containing from 1 to 3 amino-blocking groups which are different from sllyl in amino groups other than the Δal group.

25 Den foreliggende opfindelse beskrives 1 det efterfølgende rarmere ved eksempler, som illustrerer foretrukne udførelsesformer.The present invention is described in the following, by way of example, which illustrate preferred embodiments.

,ΓϊΟΟΙΠ DK PR 172543 B1 23, ΓϊΟΟΙΠ DK PR 172543 B1 23

Etegffl?el-AEtegffl? El-A

Fremstilling af l.-_N-fl-[.:)-'r-*m1no-at-hydroxybutyryllkanaigvc1n A. amikacin, ved selektiv acvlerlnq af oolyftrlmethvlsilvll 6'-N-carbobenzvloxvkanamycln A i vandfri d1ethviketon 5 6'-H-carbobenzyloxykanamycin A (15 g, 24,2* m.mol) opslammedes i 90 ml tmr acetonitril og opvarmedes til reflux under nitrogenatmosfcre. Hexamethyldisilazan (17,5 g, 108,48 m.mol} tilsattes langsomt i løbet af 30 minutter, og den opnåede opløsning refluxedes 1 24 timer. Efter fjernelse af opløsningsmidlet 1 vakuum (40°) og fuldstsndig tørring under 10 vakuum (10 mm), opnåedes 27,9 g af et hvidt, amorft faststof [90,71% beregnet som 6'-N-carbobenzyloxykanamyc1n A (stlyl)g].Preparation of 1- [N-fl - [.: -] - [1- (hydroxybutyrylcanoic acid) A. amikacin, by selective acrylic oolyltrimethylsilyl] 6'-N-carbobenzyloxycanamycline A in anhydrous diethyl cyclo-5'6 (15 g, 24.2 mmol) was slurried in 90 ml tmr acetonitrile and heated to reflux under nitrogen atmosphere. Hexamethyldisilazane (17.5 g, 108.48 mmol} was slowly added over 30 minutes and the resulting solution was refluxed for 24 hours. After removal of the solvent in 1 vacuum (40 °) and complete drying under 10 vacuum (10 mm) ), 27.9 g of a white amorphous solid [90.71% calculated as 6'-N-carbobenzyloxycanamycin A (stlyl) g] were obtained.

Dette faste stof opløstes i 150 ml tør diethylketon ved 23®. L-{-)-γ-benzyloxycarbonylamino-e-hydroxysmørsyre N-hydroxy-5-norbornen-2,3-dicarboxlmidester (NAE) (11,05 g, 26,67 m.mol) opløst i 100 ml tør 15 diethylketon ved 23° tilsattes langsomt under god omrøring 1 løbet af en halv time. Opløsningen omrørtes ved 23° 1 78 timer. Den gule, klare opløsning (pH 7,0) fortyndedes med 100 ml vand. pH-v*rdien af blandingen Indstilledes til 2,8 (3 n HC1) og omrørtes kraftigt ved 23° i 15 minutter. Den vandige fase fraskiltes, og den organiske fase ekstraheredes 20 med 50 ml vand med pH 2,8. De kombinerede vandige fraktioner vaskedes med 50 ml ethylacetat. Opløsningen anbragtes 1 en 500 ml Parr-flaske sammen med 5 g 5% palladium-pi-carbon katalysator (Engelhard) og reduceredes ved 3,4 atm. Hg i 2 timer ved 23°. Blandingen filtreredes gennem et lag "Dicalite", som derefter vaskedes med yderligere 30 ml vand. Det 25 farveløse filtrat koncentreredes 1 vakuum (40-45o) til 50 ml. Opløsningen blev fyldt på en 5 x 100 cm "CG-50" (NH^+) ionbytningssøjle. Efter vask med 1000 ml vand elueredes uomsat kanamycln A, 3-[L-(-)-t-a»1no-e-hydroxybutyry1]-kanamyc1n A (BB-K29) og amlkadn med 0,5 n ammonium-hydroxid. Polyacyl-materiale blev udvundet med 3 n ammoniumhydroxid.This solid was dissolved in 150 ml of dry diethyl ketone at 23®. L - {-) - γ-Benzyloxycarbonylamino-e-hydroxybutyric acid N-hydroxy-5-norbornene-2,3-dicarboxylic acid ester (NAE) (11.05 g, 26.67 mmol) dissolved in 100 ml of dry diethyl ketone at 23 ° was slowly added with good stirring over half an hour. The solution was stirred at 23 ° for 78 hours. The yellow clear solution (pH 7.0) was diluted with 100 ml of water. The pH of the mixture was adjusted to 2.8 (3 n HCl) and stirred vigorously at 23 ° for 15 minutes. The aqueous phase was separated and the organic phase was extracted with 50 ml of water at pH 2.8. The combined aqueous fractions were washed with 50 ml of ethyl acetate. The solution was placed in a 500 ml Parr flask together with 5 g of 5% palladium-pi-carbon catalyst (Engelhard) and reduced at 3.4 atm. Hg for 2 hours at 23 °. The mixture was filtered through a layer of "Dicalite" which was then washed with an additional 30 ml of water. The 25 colorless filtrate was concentrated in vacuo (40-45o) to 50 ml. The solution was loaded onto a 5 x 100 cm "CG-50" (NH 2+) ion exchange column. After washing with 1000 ml of water, unreacted kanamycline A, 3- [L - (-) - t-α] 1no-e-hydroxybutyryl] -canamycline A (BB-K29) and amylcadn were eluted with 0.5 n ammonium hydroxide. Polyacyl material was recovered with 3N ammonium hydroxide.

30 Bio-analyse, tyndtlagskromatografl og optisk drejning anvendtes til registrering af elueringens fremadskriden. Volumenet og den iagttagne optiske drejning for hver eluatfraktion samt vxgten og det procentuelle udbytte af faststof Isoleret fra hver fraktion ved inddampning til tørhed er sammenfattet nedenfor: 35 BNSDOCID: <DK 172543Β» 24 DK PR 172543 B1Bioassay, thin layer chromatography and optical rotation were used to record the elution progress. The volume and observed optical rotation for each eluate fraction as well as the weight and percent yield of solid Isolated from each fraction by evaporation to dryness are summarized below: 35 BNS DOCID: <DK 172543Β »24 DK PR 172543 B1

VolumenVolume

Materiale (ml) ®578 1 Vxgt (g) % udbytteMaterial (ml) ® 578 1 wt (g)% yield

Kanamycin A 1000 -«>0,115 0,989 9,15 5 BB-K29 1750 +0,24 4,37 32,0Kanamycin A 1000 -> 0.115 0.989 9.15 BB-K29 1750 +0.24 4.37 32.0

Amikacin 2000 +0,31 6,20 47,4Amikacin 2000 +0.31 6.20 47.4

Polyacyler 900 +0,032 0,288 2,0 10Polyacyls 900 +0.032 0.288 2.0 10

Det forbrugte diethyl ketonlag vistes ved stsrkt effektiv vxske-kromatografi at Indeholde yderligere 3-5% amikacin.The diethyl ketone layer consumed was shown by highly efficient liquid chromatography to contain an additional 3-5% amikacin.

Oet ri amikacin (6,20 g) opløstes 1 20 ml vand og fortyndedes med 20 ml methanol, og 20 ml isopropanol tilsattes til fremkaldelse af 15 krystallisation. Der opnåedes 6,0 g (45,8%) krystallinsk amikacin.Oet amikacin (6.20 g) was dissolved in 20 ml of water and diluted with 20 ml of methanol, and 20 ml of isopropanol was added to give crystallization. 6.0 g (45.8%) of crystalline amikacin were obtained.

EteCTWKl lEteCTWKl l

Fremstilling af Ι-Ν-ΓΙ-M-Tr-amino-a-hydroxybutyrvllkanamycin A. amikacin, ved selektiv acvlerlno af oolyftrlmethylsilyll kanamycin A.Preparation of Ι-Ν-ΓΙ-M-Tr-amino-α-hydroxybutyryllanamycin A. amikacin, by selective acylation of oleyftrimethylsilyl kanamycin A.

20 under anvendelse af blokering In situ20 using blocking In situ

A. Polyftrimethvlsil vi 1kanamycin AA. Polyftrimethylsil vi 1 kanamycin A

Kanamycin A fri base (18 g aktivitet, 37,15 m.mol) opslxmmedes 1 200 ml tør acetonltril og opvarmedes til reflux. Hexamethyldlsllazan 25 (29,8 g, 184,6 m.mol) blev tilsat 1 løbet af 30 minutter, og blandingen omrørtes under reflux 1 78 timer til frembringelse af en lysegul, klar opløsning. Fjernelse af opløsningsmidlet under vakuum efterlod en amorf fast remanens (43 g, 94%) [beregnet som kanamycin A (silyl)10].Kanamycin A free base (18 g of activity, 37.15 mmol) was suspended in 200 ml of dry acetone / tril and heated to reflux. Hexamethyldislazane 25 (29.8 g, 184.6 mmol) was added over 30 minutes and the mixture was stirred under reflux for 78 hours to give a pale yellow clear solution. Removal of the solvent in vacuo left an amorphous solid residue (43 g, 94%) [calculated as kanamycin A (silyl) 10].

30 B. L-(-)-y?amino-a-hvdroxvbutyrvl 1 kanamycin AB. L - (-) - γamino-α-hydroxybutyryl 1 kanamycin A

p*(Benzyloxycarbonyloxyjbenzoesyre (5,56 g, 20,43 m.mol) op-slammedes i 50 ml tør acetonitril ved 23®. N,0-b1s-trimethyls1lyl-acetamid (8,4 g, 41,37 m.mol) tilsattes under god omrøring. Opløsningen blev holdt ved 23° 1 30 minutter og sattes så 1 løbet af 3 timer under 35 kraftig omrøring til en opløsning af poly(tr1methyls1lyl)kanamycin A (21,5 g, 17,83 m.mol, beregnet som (silyl)jQ-forbindelsen) i 75 ml tør acetonltril ved 23®. Blandingen omrørtes 1 4 timer, opløsningsmidlet fjernedes i vakuum (40°), og den olleagtlge remanens opløstes i 50 ml tør acetone ved 23®C.p * (Benzyloxycarbonyloxybenzoic acid (5.56 g, 20.43 mmol) was suspended in 50 ml of dry acetonitrile at 23 ° N, O-β1-trimethylsilyl acetamide (8.4 g, 41.37 mmol) The solution was kept at 23 ° for 30 minutes and then added over a period of 3 hours under vigorous stirring to a solution of poly (trimethylsilyl) kanamycin A (21.5 g, 17.83 m.mol). The compound was stirred for 4 hours, the solvent was removed in vacuo (40 °) and the oily residue dissolved in 50 ml of dry acetone at 23 ° C.

iiNSDOCID: <DK 172S43B > 25 DK PR 172543 B1 t-(-)-7-benzyloxycarbonylam1no-e-hydroxysmørsyre N-hydroxy-5-norbornen-2,3~dicarbox1m1dester (NAE) (8,55 g, 20,63 ni.mol) 1 30 ml acetone sattes til ovenstående opløsning i løbet af et tidsrum på 5 minutter. Blandingen blev holdt ved 23°C 1 78 timer. Opløsningen fortyndedes 5 med 100 ml vand, og pH-vcrdien (7,0) ssnkedes til 2,5 (6 n HC1). Blandingen anbragtes 1 en 500 ml Parr-flaske sammen med 3 g 5¾.palladium-på-carbon katalysator (Engelhard) og reduceredes ved 2,72 atm. Hg i 2 timer ved 23°. Blandingen flltreredes gennem et lag diatoméjord, som derncst vaskedes med 20 ml vand. Det kombinerede filtrat og vaskevand (168 ml) 10 bestemtes ved mikrobiologisk analyse over for E. coli til at indeholde omkring 11.400 mcg/ml (19% udbytte) amlkadn.INSDOCID: <DK 172S43B> 25 DK PR 172543 B1 t - (-) - 7-Benzyloxycarbonylamino-e-hydroxybutyric acid N-hydroxy-5-norbornene-2,3-dicarboxylic acid ester (NAE) (8.55 g, 20.63 µl) 1 mol of acetone was added to the above solution over a period of 5 minutes. The mixture was kept at 23 ° C for 78 hours. The solution was diluted 5 with 100 ml of water and the pH (7.0) lowered to 2.5 (6 n HCl). The mixture was placed in a 500 ml Parr flask together with 3 g of 5-palladium-on-carbon catalyst (Engelhard) and reduced at 2.72 atm. Hg for 2 hours at 23 °. The mixture was filtered through a layer of diatomaceous earth which was then washed with 20 ml of water. The combined filtrate and wash water (168 ml) were determined by microbiological analysis against E. coli to contain about 11,400 mcg / ml (19% yield) amlkadn.

Eksempel 3Example 3

Fremstilling af l-N-fL-(-)-v-am1no-tt-hvdroxvbutyrvnkanamyc1n A.Preparation of 1-N-fL - (-) - v -amino-tt-hydroxybutyrene kanamycline A.

15 amikacin, ved selektiv acvlerino af polyftrlmethylsIlyDkanamvcin A15 amikacin, by selective acvlerino of polytrimethylsillylcanamycin A

A. Polyftrlmethvlsilvll kanamvcin AA. Polytrimethylsilvil kanamvcin A

En suspension af 10 g (20,6 m.mol) kanamycin A i 100 ml tør acetonltril og 25 ml (119 m.mol) 1,1,1,3,3,3-hexamethyldisilazan re-20 fluxedes 1 72 timer. Dette gav en klar lysegul opløsning. Opløsningen inddampedes til tørhed i vakuum ved 30-40*C. Der opnåedes 21,3 g poly(trimethylsllyl) kanamycin A som et lyst gulbrunt amorft pulver [85% udbytte beregnet som kanamycin A (silyl)1Q].A suspension of 10 g (20.6 mmol) of kanamycin A in 100 ml of dry acetone / tril and 25 ml (119 ml) of 1,1,1,3,3,3-hexamethyldisilazane was refluxed for 72 hours. This gave a clear pale yellow solution. The solution was evaporated to dryness in vacuo at 30-40 ° C. 21.3 g of poly (trimethylslyl) kanamycin A was obtained as a light yellow-brown amorphous powder [85% yield calculated as kanamycin A (silyl) 1Q].

25 B. l-N-fL-(->-y-am1no-tt-hvdroxybutvrvnkanamvcin AB. 1-N-fL - (-> - γ-amino-tt-hydroxybutyranecanamycin A

T11 en opløsning af 2,4 g (2,0 m.mol) poly(trimethylsilyl) kanamycin A i 30 ml tør acetone sattes langsomt 2,0 m.mol l-(-)-y-benzyloxy-carbonylamino-e-hydroxysmørsyre N-hydroxy-5-norbornen-2,3-dicarbox1mid-ester (NAE) 1 10 ml tør acetone ved 0-5°C. Reaktionsblandingen omrørtes 30 ved 23®C i en uge og inddampedes dernsst til tørhed i vakuum ved en bad-temperatur på 30-40BC. Vand (60 ml) sattes dernest til remanensen efterfulgt af 70 ml methanol til frembringelse af en opløsning. Opløsningen blev gjort sur med 3 n HC1 til pH 2,0 og reduceredes dernsst ved 3,40 atm. Hg i 2 timer under anvendelse af 500 mg 5% palladium-på-carbon ka-35 talysator. Materialet filtreredes, og kombineret filtrat og vaskevcske bestemtes ved mikrobiologi sk analyse over for E. coli til at indeholde amikacin 1 et udbytte på 29,4%.T11 a solution of 2.4 g (2.0 mmol) of poly (trimethylsilyl) kanamycin A in 30 ml of dry acetone was slowly added 2.0 mmol of 1- (-) - γ-benzyloxy-carbonylamino-e-hydroxybutyric acid N-hydroxy-5-norbornene-2,3-dicarboxylic acid ester (NAE) in 10 ml of dry acetone at 0-5 ° C. The reaction mixture was stirred at 23 ° C for one week and then evaporated to dryness in vacuo at a bath temperature of 30-40BC. Water (60 ml) was then added to the residue followed by 70 ml of methanol to give a solution. The solution was acidified with 3 n HCl to pH 2.0 and then reduced at 3.40 atm. Hg for 2 hours using 500 mg of 5% palladium-on-carbon catalyst. The material was filtered and combined filtrate and wash was determined by microbiological analysis against E. coli to contain amikacin 1, a yield of 29.4%.

BNSDOCID: <DK 172543B > 26 DK PR 172543 B1BNS DOCID: <DK 172543B> 26 DK PR 172543 B1

Eksempel 4Example 4

Fremstilling »f amikacin ved acvlerinq af PolWtHmethvIsilyl) S'-N-Cla kane A 1 tetrahvdrofuran med det blandede svreanhvdrld aflplval 1nsyre_ogPreparation of amikacin by the acylation of PolWtHmethysilyl) S'-N-Cla cane A 1 tetrahydrofuran with the mixed acid anhydrous choice of acid and acid

fiUBAfiUBA

5 A. Fremstilling af blandet.anhYdriit BHBA (5,066 g, 20,0 m.mol), BSA (4,068 g, 20,0 m.mol) og tri-ethylamin (2,116 g, 22,0 m.mol) opløstes 1 200 ml slgtetørret tetra-hydrofuran. Opløsningen refluxedes 1 2 1/4 time og køledes si til 10 -10BC. Plvaloylchlorld (2,412 g, 20,0 m.mol) tilsattes 1 løbet af 2-3 minutter under omrøring, og omrøringen fortsattes i 2 timer ved -10®C.A. Preparation of mixed anhydrite BHBA (5.066 g, 20.0 mmol), BSA (4.068 g, 20.0 mmol) and triethylamine (2.116 g, 22.0 mmol) were dissolved. 200 ml genus-dried tetrahydrofuran. The solution was refluxed for 1 1/2 1/4 hour and cooled to 10-10BC. Plvaloyl chloride (2.412 g, 20.0 mmol) was added over a period of 2-3 minutes with stirring and stirring was continued for 2 hours at -10 ° C.

Temperaturen fik derefter lov til at stige til 23°C.The temperature was then allowed to rise to 23 ° C.

B. Acvlerlng af polyftrimethvlstlyll 6*-H-Cbz kana AB. Acylation of Polytrimethyl Methyl 6 * -H-Cbz Channel A

15 Poly(trimethylsilyl) 6'-N-Cbz kana A fremstillet som 1 eksempel 1 (5,454 g, 4,97 m.mol, beregnet som 6'-Cbz kana A (s1lyl)g) opløstes 1 50 ml tør (molekylsigte) tetrahydrofuran ved 23°C. Halvdelen af den under trin A ovenfor fremstillede opløsning af blandet anhydrid (10,0 m.mol) tilsattes 1 løbet af 20 minutter under omrøring, og omrøringen fortsat-20 tes 1 7 dage.Poly (trimethylsilyl) 6'-N-Cbz channel A prepared as Example 1 (5.454 g, 4.97 m.mol, calculated as 6'-Cbz channel A (silyl) g) was dissolved in 50 ml dry (molecular sieve). tetrahydrofuran at 23 ° C. Half of the mixed anhydride solution prepared in step A above (10.0 mmol) was added over 20 minutes with stirring and stirring was continued for 7 days.

Vand (100 ml) tilsattes derefter til reaktionsblandingen, og pH (5,4) indstilledes til 2,0 med 3 m H^SO^. Omrøring fortsattes 1 1 time, og opløsningen ekstraheredes med ethylacetat. Polyacyleret materiale begyndte at udkrystalliseres, så reaktionsblandingen filtreredes. Efter 25 tørring over Ρ?05 vejede det udvundne faststof 0,702 g. Ekstraktionen af reaktionsblandingen fortsattes 1 Ialt 4 x 75 ml ethylacetat, hvorefter overskydende ethylacetat blev afdrevet fra det vandige lag. En aliquot af den vandige opløsning underkastedes analyse med HPLC. Oen resulterende kurve Indikerede et 26,4% udbytte af di-Cbz amikacin.Water (100 ml) was then added to the reaction mixture and pH (5.4) was adjusted to 2.0 with 3 m H 2 SO 2. Stirring was continued for 1 hour and the solution extracted with ethyl acetate. Polyacylated material began to crystallize so that the reaction mixture was filtered. After drying over 0505, the recovered solid weighed 0.702 g. Extraction of the reaction mixture was continued 1 Total 4 x 75 ml of ethyl acetate, after which excess ethyl acetate was evaporated from the aqueous layer. An aliquot of the aqueous solution was subjected to analysis by HPLC. The resulting curve indicated a 26.4% yield of di-Cbz amikacin.

30 Det vandige lag hydrogeneredes dernmst i et Parr-apparat ved 3,40 atm Hj-tryk 1 2 timer under anvendelse af 0,5 g 10% Pd-på-carbon katalysator. Materialet filtreredes, og kombineret filtrat og vaskevssker bestemtes over for E. coll til at Indeholde et 31,2% udbytte af amikacin. Am1kac1n/BB-K29 forhold omkring 9-10/1; spor af polyacyl og uomsat kana 35 A til stede.The aqueous layer was then hydrogenated in a Parr apparatus at 3.40 atm H pressure for 2 hours using 0.5 g of 10% Pd-on-carbon catalyst. The material was filtered and combined filtrate and wash washes against E.coll to contain a 31.2% yield of amikacin. Am1kac1n / BB-K29 ratios around 9-10 / 1; traces of polyacyl and unreacted kana 35 A present.

ftNSnrvrirY 'ΠΚ 17944^«., 27 DK PR 172543 B1ftNSnrvrirY 'ΠΚ 17944 ^ «., 27 DK PR 172543 B1

Ek&sroe] 5I & sroe] 5

FremstilΊ 1nq af amikacin ved acvlerlng af oolyftrimethylsilyl) 6'-N-Cbz kana A 1 acetone med det blandede anhvdrld af BHBA og Isobittvlcarbonsvre 5 A. Fremstilling af blandet anhvdrld BHBA (1,267 g, 5,0 «.mol) og N-tr1methylsilylacetamld (MSA) (1,313 g, 10,0 m.mol) 1 20 ml slgtetørret acetone omrørtes ved 23°C, og tri-ethylamln (TEA) (0,70 ml, 5,0 m.mol) til sattes. Blandingen refluxedes under N^-atmosfcre 1 2½ time. Blandingen afkøledes ved *20®C, og 1so-10 butylchlorformiat (0,751 g, 0,713 ml, 5,50 m.mol) tilsattes. Triethyl-amin.hydrochlorid begyndte øjeblikkeligt at udskilles. Blandingen omrørtes i 1 time ved -20°C.Preparation of Amikacin by Acrylic Acrylic Trimethylsilyl 6'-N-Cbz Can A 1 Acetone with the Mixed BHBA and Isobittyl Carbonic Acid 5A Preparation of Mixed Anhydrous BHBA (1.267 g, 5.0 mmol (MSA) (1.313 g, 10.0 mmol) in 20 ml of genus dried acetone was stirred at 23 ° C and triethylamine (TEA) (0.70 ml, 5.0 mmol) was added. The mixture was refluxed under N 2 atmospheres for 2 1/2 hours. The mixture was cooled at * 20 ° C and 1SO-10 butyl chloroformate (0.751 g, 0.713 ml, 5.50 m.mol) was added. Triethyl-amine hydrochloride immediately began to be excreted. The mixture was stirred for 1 hour at -20 ° C.

b. Asyl grim 15 Poly(tr1methyls1lyl) 6'-N-Cbz kana A fremstillet som 1 eksempel 1 (6,215 g, 4,9 m.mol, beregnet som (silyl)g-forbindelsen) opløstes 1 20 ml slgtetørret acetone under omrøring ved 23°C. Opløsningen afkøledes til -20gC, og den kolde opløsning af blandet anhydrld fra trin A tilsattes langsomt 1 løbet af 30 minutter. Reaktionsblandingen omrørtes i 20 yderligere 1½ time ved -20°C og derefter 1 17 timer ved 23eC. Reaktionsblandingen blev så heldt 1 150 ml vand ved 23°C under omrøring, pH (7,75) Indstilledes til 2,5 med 3 n HC1, og omrøring fortsattes 1 15 minutter. Acetone blev derefter afdrevet i vakuum ved 40°C. En aliquot af den resulterende vandige opløsning underkastedes analyse ved HPLC. Den 25 resulterende kurve viste et 34,33% udbytte af di-Cbz amikacin.b. Asylum ugly Poly (trimethylsilyl) 6'-N-Cbz channel A prepared as Example 1 (6.215g, 4.9mol, calculated as the (silyl) g compound) was dissolved in stirred acetone (20ml) with stirring. at 23 ° C. The solution was cooled to -20 ° C and the cold solution of mixed anhydride from Step A was slowly added over 30 minutes. The reaction mixture was stirred for a further 1½ hours at -20 ° C and then 1 17 hours at 23 ° C. The reaction mixture was then poured into 150 ml of water at 23 ° C with stirring, pH (7.75) was adjusted to 2.5 with 3 n HCl and stirring was continued for 15 minutes. Acetone was then evaporated in vacuo at 40 ° C. An aliquot of the resulting aqueous solution was subjected to analysis by HPLC. The resulting 25 curve showed a 34.33% yield of di-Cbz amikacin.

Hovedparten af den vandige opløsning reduceredes ved 3,40 atm. Hg-tryk ved 23(C i 3 1/4 time under anvendelse af 2,0 g Pd/C katalysator. Katalysatoren fjernedes ved filtrering, og kombineret filtrat og vaske-vesker bestemtes ved mikrobiologi sk analyse over for E. coil til at 1n-30 deholde et 35,0 % udbytte af amikacin.Most of the aqueous solution was reduced at 3.40 atm. Hg pressure at 23 (C for 3 1/4 hours using 2.0 g Pd / C catalyst. The catalyst was removed by filtration and combined filtrate and wash bags were determined by microbiological analysis against E. coil to give 1n -30 contain a 35.0% yield of amikacin.

Eksempel. $Example. $

Fremstilling af amlkadn ved acvlerlng af oolyttrlmethvlsllvl) 6*-N-Cbz kana A i vandfri cyclohexanon 1 varierende tidsrum 35 A. Poly(trlmethylsilyl) 6'-N-Cbz kana A fremstillet som i eksempel 1 (2,537 g, 2,0 m.mol, beregnet som 6'-N-Cbz kana A (silyl)g) i 300 ml tør cyclohexanon acyleredes i 20 timer ved 23°C med en NAE-opløsning i tør cyclohexanon (10,8 ml af en 0,1944 m.mol/ml opløsning, 2,10 m.mol). Re BNSDOCIO: <DK 172543B > 28 DK PR 172543 B1 aktionsblandingen blev så sat til 150 ml vand under omrøring, og pH (5,6) indstilledes til 2,5 med 3 n HC1. Cyclohexanonen blev afdrevet 1 vakuum ved 40°C, og en aliquot af den resterende vandige fase blev udtaget til analyse ved HPLC.Preparation of amylcadn by acylation of oolyltrimethylsilyl) 6 * -N-Cbz channel A in anhydrous cyclohexanone 1 varying times 35 A. Poly (trimethylsilyl) 6'-N-Cbz channel A prepared as in Example 1 (2.537 g, 2.0 m .mol, calculated as 6'-N-Cbz channel A (silyl) g) in 300 ml dry cyclohexanone was acylated for 20 hours at 23 ° C with a NAE solution in dry cyclohexanone (10.8 ml of a 0.1944 m .mol / ml solution, 2.10m.mol). Re BNSDOCIO: <DK 172543B> 28 DK PR 172543 B1 the reaction mixture was then added to 150 ml of water with stirring and the pH (5.6) was adjusted to 2.5 with 3 n HCl. The cyclohexanone was evaporated in vacuo at 40 ° C and an aliquot of the remaining aqueous phase was taken for analysis by HPLC.

5 Hovedparten af den vandige fase reduceredes under 3,40 atm. Hg-tryk i 3 timer ved 23°C under anvendelse af 1,0 g 10% Pd/C katalysator. Katalysatoren fjernedes ved filtrering, og kombineret filtrat og vaskevesker analyseredes mi krobiologi sk for amikacin.Most of the aqueous phase was reduced below 3.40 atm. Hg pressure for 3 hours at 23 ° C using 1.0 g of 10% Pd / C catalyst. The catalyst was removed by filtration and combined filtrate and wash bags were analyzed in crobiology for amikacin.

10 B. Omsctning A ovenfor blev gentaget, bortset fra at acyleringen blev fortsat 1 115 timer i stedet for 20 timer.B. A above was repeated except that the acylation was continued for 1 115 hours instead of 20 hours.

Udfeyttør 15 HPLC:analYsq Mikrobiologi sk analyse amikacinDrier 15 HPLC: analysis Microbiology so-called amikacin

UkCbz.amikiClnl Turbid imetr is k PladeUkCbz.amikiClnl Turbid imetr is k Plate

Omsctning A 49,18% 42,87% 39,16%Sales A 49.18% 42.87% 39.16%

Omsctning 8 56,17% 55,39% 38,45% 20Turnover 8 56.17% 55.39% 38.45% 20

Eksaiipel 1Example 1

Fremstilling af amikacin ved acvlerino af polvitrimethvlsllvll 6'-N-Cbz kana A 1 vandfri tetrahvdrofuran 1 varierende tidsrum 25 A. Eksempel 6A blev gentaget, bortset fra at der som opløsningsmiddel i stedet for tør cyclohexanon anvendtes tør tetrahydrofuran.Preparation of amikacin by acylino of polvitrimethylsilvil 6'-N-Cbz channel A 1 anhydrous tetrahydrofuran 1 varying time 25 A. Example 6A was repeated except that dry tetrahydrofuran was used as a solvent instead of dry cyclohexanone.

B. Eksempel 6B blev gentaget, bortset fra at der som opløsningsmiddel 30 1 stedet for tør cyclohexanon blev anvendt tør tetrahydrofuran.B. Example 6B was repeated except that as the solvent 30 I instead of dry cyclohexanone, dry tetrahydrofuran was used.

Udbytter HPLC-analyse Mikrobifflpalsk „aml.y$.&· amikacin 35 (di-Cbz amikacin) Turbidimetrisk PladeYields HPLC Analysis Microbial Nebulizer Amikacin 35 (di-Cbz amikacin) Turbidimetric Plate

Omsctning A 29,27% 28,34% 28,18%Sales A 29.27% 28.34% 28.18%

Omsctning B 33,39% 21,52% 28,63% jMcnnrin· oocøgp«.Turnover B 33.39% 21.52% 28.63% Y / Y

29 DK PR 172543 B129 DK PR 172543 B1

Eksempel OExample O

Fremstilling af amikacin ved acvlerinq af polyftrlmethylsllvl) 6'-N-Cbz kana A i vandfri dioxan i varierende tidsrum 5 A. Eksempel 6A blev gentaget, bortset fra at acyleringen fortsattes i 44 Urner under anvendelse af ter dioxan som opløsningsmiddel.Preparation of amikacin by acylation of polytrimethylsilyl) 6'-N-Cbz channel A in anhydrous dioxane for varying time 5 A. Example 6A was repeated except that the acylation was continued in 44 urns using ter dioxane as the solvent.

B. Eksmpel 6 B blev gentaget, bortset fra at acyleringen fortsattes 1 18½ time under anvendelse af ter dioxan som opløsningsmiddel.B. Example 6 B was repeated except that the acylation was continued for 1 18½ hours using ter dioxane as the solvent.

1010

Udbytter HPLC-analyse mkrofeialMlilLanalyse amikacin (di-Cbz amikacin 1 Inrbjd.ijieLr1$K PI ad? 15Yields HPLC analysis mcrofeialMlilLanalysis amikacin (di-Cbz amikacin 1 Inrbjd.ijieLr1 $ K PI ad? 15

Omsxtning A 39,18% 43,27% 33,36%Turnover A 39.18% 43.27% 33.36%

Omsztning B 42,82% 22,55% 33,37% 20 EK&eaPfil. gTurnover B 42.82% 22.55% 33.37% EK & eaPfil. g

Fremstilling af amikacin ved deviering af pplyftrimethvlsilvll 6'N-Cbz kana A i vandfri diethvlketon ved 7S*CPreparation of Amikacin by Deviation of Pipeflytrimethylsilvil 6'N-Cbz channel A in anhydrous diethyl ketone at 7S * C

Til en omrørt opløsning af poly(trimethylsilyl) 6'-N-Cbz kana A fremstillet som 1 eksempel 1 (2,537 g, 2,0 m.mol, beregnet som 6'-N-Cbz 25 kana A (silyl)g) i 32 ml slgtetørret diethyl keton ved 75®C sattes en opløsning af NAE (10,8 ml med 0,1944 m.mol/ml diethyl keton, 2,10 m.mol) i løbet af 15 minutter. Omrøring fortsattes ved 75°C 1 yderligere 3 timer, hvorefter blandingen blev hcldt i 150 ml vand. pH-vzrdien indstilledes til 2,8 med 3 n HC1, og diethyl ketonen blev afdrevet 1 vakuum ved 40*C.To a stirred solution of poly (trimethylsilyl) 6'-N-Cbz channel A prepared as Example 1 (2.537 g, 2.0 m.mol, calculated as 6'-N-Cbz channel A (silyl) g) in 32 ml of genus-dried diethyl ketone at 75 ° C was added a solution of NAE (10.8 ml with 0.1944 m.mol / ml diethyl ketone, 2.10 m.mol) over 15 minutes. Stirring was continued at 75 ° C for an additional 3 hours, after which the mixture was poured into 150 ml of water. The pH was adjusted to 2.8 with 3N HCl and the diethyl ketone was evaporated in vacuo at 40 ° C.

30 HPLC-analyse af en aliquot af den vandige fase viste et 39,18% udbytte af di-Cbz amikacin.30 HPLC analysis of an aqueous phase aliquot showed a 39.18% yield of di-Cbz amikacin.

Hovedparten af den vandige fase reduceredes under 3,39 atm. Hz-tryk i 3 1/4 time ved 23°C under anvendelse af 1,0 g Pd/C katalysator. Katalysatoren fjernedes ved filtrering, og kombineret filtrat og vaskevxsker 35 analyseredes mikrobiologi sk for amikacin. Turbidlmetrlsk analyse viste 27,84% udbytte, og pladeanalyse viste 28,6% udbytte.The majority of the aqueous phase was reduced below 3.39 atm. Hz pressure for 3 1/4 hours at 23 ° C using 1.0 g Pd / C catalyst. The catalyst was removed by filtration and combined filtrate and washings were analyzed microbiology for amikacin. Turbidometric analysis showed 27.84% yield and plate analysis showed 28.6% yield.

BNSDOCtD: <DK 172543Β» 30 DK PR 172543 B1 iteampi!. lflBNSDOCtD: <DK 172543Β »30 DK PR 172543 B1 iteampi !. lfl

Fremstilling af amikacin ved acvlerlng af P0ly£lr1methyl.Sllyl) AttU A ed NAE ved 0-5° efter tUbagehydrolvserlng TOd YaodPreparation of Amikacin by Acquisition of Poly (lr1methyl.Sllyl) AttU A ed NAE at 0-5 ° after Tuber Hydrolysis TOd Yaod

5 A. Silvlerlng af kanamycln A under anvendelse af HUDS med THCS SOM5 A. Silvation of kanamycline A using HUDS with THCS SOM

katalysatorcatalyst

Kanamydn A (10 g med renhed 97,6%, 20,14 m.mol) 1 100 ml sigte-tørret acetonltrll blev bragt til reflux under nitrogenatmosfmre. En blanding af HHOS (22,76 g, 141 m.mol, 7 mol pr. mol kanamydn A) og TMCS 10 (1 ml, 0,856 g, 7,88 m.mol) blev sat til den under reflux varende reaktionsblanding i løbet af 10 minutter. Reflux fortsattes 1 4 3/4 time, og blandingen afkøledes dernast, koncentreredes 1 vakuum til en gul viskos sirup og tørredes under højvakuum 1 2 timer. Udbyttet af produkt var 23,8 g (97,9%, beregnet som kanamycln A (silyl)1Q).Kanamydn A (10 g of purity 97.6%, 20.14 mmol) in 100 ml of screen-dried acetone / ltrl was brought to reflux under nitrogen atmosphere. A mixture of HHOS (22.76 g, 141 moles, 7 moles per mole of kanamydn A) and TMCS 10 (1 ml, 0.856 g, 7.88 m moles) was added to the reflux reaction mixture over the course of 10 minutes. Reflux was continued for 4/4 hours and the mixture was then cooled, concentrated in vacuo to a yellow viscous syrup and dried under high vacuum for 2 hours. The yield of product was 23.8 g (97.9%, calculated as kanamycline A (silyl) 1Q).

15 B. AcvlerlnoB. Acvlerlno

Pol y(tr1 methyl silyl) kanamydn A (23,8 g, 20,14 m.mol) fremstillet under trin A ovenfor opløstes 1 250 ml sigtetørret acetone ved 23° og køledes derefter til 0-5°. Vand (3,63 ml, 201,4 m.mol, 10 mol pr. mol 20 polysllyleret kanamydn A) tilsattes under omrøring, og blandingen blev henstillet under moderat vakuum 1 30 minutter. NAE (19,133 m.mol, 0,95 mol pr. mol polysllyleret kanamydn A) i 108,3 ml acetone tilsattes dernast 1 løbet af mindre, end 1 minut. Blandingen omrørtes ved 0-5° 1 1 time, fortyndedes med vand, pH Indstilledes til 2,5, og acetonen fjerne-25 des derncst 1 vakuum. Den vandige opløsning reduceredes si ved 3,40 atm.Poly y (tr 1 methyl silyl) kanamydn A (23.8 g, 20.14 m mol) prepared under step A above was dissolved in 250 ml sieve-dried acetone at 23 ° and then cooled to 0-5 °. Water (3.63 mL, 201.4 mole, 10 mole per mole of 20 polysilylated kanamydn A) was added with stirring and the mixture was allowed to stand under moderate vacuum for 30 minutes. NAE (19,133 moles, 0.95 moles per mole of polysilylated kanamydn A) in 108.3 ml of acetone was then added for less than 1 minute. The mixture was stirred at 0-5 ° for 1 hour, diluted with water, pH adjusted to 2.5, and the acetone was then removed in 1 vacuum. The aqueous solution was reduced by 3.40 atm.

H2~tryk ved 23° i 2½ time under anvendelse af 2,0 g 10% Pd/C som katalysator. Oen reducerede reaktionsblanding filtreredes gennem "Dicalite", koncentreredes til ca. 100 ml 1 vakuum ved 40° og blev demast haldt pi en "CG-SO* (NHj+) søjle (6 Ilter harpiks, 5 x 100 cm). Den vaskedes med 30 vand og elueredes si med 0,6n-l,0n-3n NH^OH. Der opniedes 60,25% amikacin, 4,37% BB-K6, 4,35% BB-K29, 26,47% kanamycln A og 2,18% polyacyl-forbindelser.H2 ~ pressure at 23 ° for 2½ hours using 2.0 g of 10% Pd / C as catalyst. The reduced reaction mixture was filtered through "Dicalite", concentrated to ca. 100 ml of 1 vacuum at 40 ° and was then kept on a "CG-SO * (NH₂ +) column (6 L resin, 5 x 100 cm). It was washed with 30 water and eluted with 0.6n-1.0n 3n NH 2 OH 60.25% amikacin, 4.37% BB-K6, 4.35% BB-K29, 26.47% kanamycline A and 2.18% polyacyl compounds were obtained.

Eksempel 11 35 Ecffln&tiUIng af amikacin ved acvlerlng af oolyftrlmethvlsllvll 6'N-Cbz kana A med SAE ved 0-5» efter tllbaaemethanolvseExample 11 35 Addition of Amikacin by Acrylic Acrylic Methylsilvation 6'N-Cbz Channel A with SAE at 0-5 »

A. Sil viering af 6*-N-Cbz kanamycln AA. Will celebrate off 6 * -N-Cbz kanamycline A

6'-N-Cbz kanamydn A (20,0 g, 32,4 m.mol) 1 200 ml sigtetørret ace- '^ΡΓΧΊΠΓΥ ^ΓΪΚ 17?ς4Τ3 ^ 31 DK PR 172543 B1 tonltril blev bragt til reflux under nitrogenatmosfære. HMDS (47,3 ni. 226,8 n.nol, 7 nol pr. mol 6'-N-Cbz kana A) blev tilsat i løbet af 10 minutter, og reflux fortsattes i 20 timer. Blandingen køledes dernæst, koncentreredes 1 vakuum og tørredes under højvakuum 1 2 5 tiner til frembringelse af 39,1 g hvidt amorft faststof (95,4% udbytte, beregnet som 6'-N-Cbz kana A (silyl)g).6'-N-Cbz kanamydn A (20.0 g, 32.4 mmol) in 200 ml of sieve-dried ace- 174 Τ4ς3 ^ 31 DK PR 172543 B1 tontril was brought to reflux under nitrogen atmosphere. HMDS (47.3 ni. 226.8 nmol, 7 nmol per mole of 6'-N-Cbz channel A) was added over 10 minutes and reflux continued for 20 hours. The mixture was then cooled, concentrated in vacuo and dried under high vacuum for 25 hours to give 39.1 g of white amorphous solid (95.4% yield, calculated as 6'-N-Cbz channel A (silyl) g).

B. AcylsrlogB. Acylslog

Poly(trimethylsllyl) 6'-N-Cbz kana A (39,1 g, 32,4 m.mol) frem-10 stillet under trin A ovenfor opløstes i 400 ml tør acetone under omrøring ved 23°. Methanol (6,6 ml, 162 m.mol, 5 mol pr. mol polys Hyleret 6'-N-Cbz kana A) tilsattes, og blandingen omrørtes ved 23° 1 1 time under en stærk nitrogenstrøm. Blandingen afkøledes til 0-5°, og en opløsning af SAE (11,35 g, 32,4 m.mol) i 120 ml for-kølet tør acetone til sat-15 tes. Blandingen omrørtes i yderligere 3 timer ved 0-5° og anbragtes dernæst i et 4° koldt rum 1 1 uge. Vand (300 ml) tilsattes, pH indstilledes til 2,0; blandingen omrørtes 1 1 time, og acetonen blev derefter afdrevet 1 vakuum. Oen resulterende vandige opløsning reduceredes ved 3,67 atm. Hg-tryk 1 17 timer ved 23° under anvendelse af 3,0 g 10% Pd/C som 20 katalysator. Oen filtreredes dernæst gennem "Dlcalite", koncentreredes i vakuum til 75-100 ml, blev fyldt på en "CG-50" (NH^+) søjle og elueret med vand og 0,6 n NH^OH. Der opnåedes 52,52% amikacin, 14,5% BB-K29, 19,6% kanamycin A og 1,71% polyacyl-forbindel ser.Poly (trimethylslyl) 6'-N-Cbz channel A (39.1 g, 32.4 mmol) prepared under step A above was dissolved in 400 ml of dry acetone with stirring at 23 °. Methanol (6.6 mL, 162 mL, 5 mole per mole of polysylated 6'-N-Cbz channel A) was added and the mixture was stirred at 23 ° for 1 hour under a strong stream of nitrogen. The mixture was cooled to 0-5 ° and a solution of SAE (11.35 g, 32.4 mmol) in 120 ml of precooled dry acetone was added. The mixture was stirred for an additional 3 hours at 0-5 ° and then placed in a 4 ° cold room for 1 week. Water (300 ml) was added, the pH adjusted to 2.0; the mixture was stirred for 1 hour and the acetone was then evaporated in vacuo. The resulting aqueous solution was reduced at 3.67 atm. Hg pressure for 17 hours at 23 ° using 3.0 g of 10% Pd / C as a catalyst. The oil was then filtered through "Dlcalite", concentrated in vacuo to 75-100 ml, loaded onto a "CG-50" (NH 2+) column and eluted with water and 0.6 n NH 2 OH. 52.52% amikacin, 14.5% BB-K29, 19.6% kanamycin A and 1.71% polyacyl compounds were obtained.

25 Eksempel 12Example 12

Fremstilling af amikacin ved acvlering af polvitrlmethvlsilvl) kana A med SAE ved 0-5° efter tilbagehvdrolvserlng med vand A. Silvlerlnq af kanamycin A med TMCS i acetonitril under anvendelse af 30 tetramethvlguanldin som svreacceotorPreparation of Amikacin by Acupuncture of Polydril Methylsilyl) Channel A with SAE at 0-5 ° after Recirculation with Water A. Silver Leveling of Kanamycin A with TMCS in Acetonitrile Using Tetramethylguanldine as a Reactor

Kanamycin A (4,88 g, 10,07 m.mol) suspenderedes 1 100 ml sigte-tørret acetonitril under omrøring ved 23°. Til den omrørte suspension sattes tetramethylguanidin (TMG) (16,234 g, 140,98 m.mol, 14 mol pr. mol kanamycin A). Blandingen opvarmedes til reflux, og TMCS (15,32 g, 140,98 35 m.mol, 14 mol pr. mol kanamycin A) blev tilsat i løbet af 15 minutter.Kanamycin A (4.88 g, 10.07 mmol) was suspended in 100 ml of screen-dried acetonitrile with stirring at 23 °. To the stirred suspension was added tetramethylguanidine (TMG) (16.234 g, 140.98 m.mol, 14 moles per mole kanamycin A). The mixture was heated to reflux and TMCS (15.32 g, 140.98 mole mol, 14 moles per mole kanamycin A) was added over 15 minutes.

Et hvidt bundfald af TMG*HC1 dannedes, efter at ca. halvdelen af TMCS var blevet tilsat. Blandingen afkøledes til stuetemperatur, koncentreredes til en klæbrig remanens og tørredes under højvakuum i 2 timer. Det faste stof trltureredes med tør THF (100 ml), og det uopløselige TMG*HC1 BNSDOCID <DK 172543B > 32 DK PR 172543 B1 fraflltreredes og vaskedes ned 5 x 20 ni portioner THF. Kombineret fil' trat og vaskevmsker koncentreredes 1 vakuum ved 40° til en kisbrig remanens og tørredes under højvakuum 1 2 timer. Der opnåedes 10,64 g af en lys flødefarvet, kisbrig renanens (87,6% udbytte, beregnet som kanamycln 5 A (s1lyl)l0).A white precipitate of TMG * HCl was formed after ca. half of TMCS had been added. The mixture was cooled to room temperature, concentrated to a sticky residue and dried under high vacuum for 2 hours. The solid was triturated with dry THF (100 ml) and the insoluble TMG * HCl BNS DOCID <DK 172543B> 32 DK PR 172543 B1 was filtered off and washed down 5 x 20 nine portions of THF. Combined filtrate and washings were concentrated in vacuo at 40 ° to a silica residue and dried under high vacuum for 2 hours. 10.64 g of a light cream-colored, silica renan (87.6% yield, calculated as kanamycline 5 A (s1lyl) 10) was obtained.

B. teyigrlngB. migration

Poly(trlnethylsllyl) kanamydn A (10,64 g, 10,07 rn.mol) fremstillet under trin A ovenfor opløstes 1 110 ml sigtetørret acetone under omrø-10 ring ved 23°, og opløsningen afkøledes til 0-5°. Vand (1,81 ml, 100,7 m.nol, 10 mol pr. mol polysllyleret kana A) tilsattes, og opløsningen omrørtes 1 30 minutter under moderat vakuum. SAE (3,70 g, 10,57 n.mol, 5% overskud) 1 40 ml for-kølet tør acetone tilsattes 1 løbet af mindre end 1 minut, og blandingen omrørtes 1 1 time. 81 andingen oparbejdedes 15 ved den generelle fremgangsmåde 1 eksempel 11 B til frembringelse af ca.Poly (triethylsillyl) kanamydn A (10.64 g, 10.07 rn.mol) prepared under step A above was dissolved in 110 ml sieve dried acetone with stirring at 23 ° and the solution cooled to 0-5 °. Water (1.81 ml, 100.7 mole, 10 moles per mole of polysilylated channel A) was added and the solution was stirred for 30 minutes under moderate vacuum. SAE (3.70 g, 10.57 n.mol, 5% excess) in 40 ml of precooled dry acetone was added over less than 1 minute and the mixture was stirred for 1 hour. The 81 second was worked up 15 by the general method of Example 11B to produce approx.

50% amikacin, ca. 10% BB-K29, 5-8% BB-K6, ca. 20% kanamydn A og 5-8% polyacylforb1ndel ser.50% amikacin, approx. 10% BB-K29, 5-8% BB-K6, approx. 20% kanamydn A and 5-8% polyacyl compound.

Eksempel 13 20 Fremstilling af polyftrlethvlsllvl) kanamvdn A under anvendelse af trlethvlchlorsllan med trlethvlamin som svreacceotorExample 13 20 Preparation of Polyethylene Ethylene Polymer A Using Triethylene Chlorosilane with Triethylamine as a Heavy Action Engine

Kanamydn A (5,0 g af 97,6% renhed, 10,07 rn.mol) suspenderedes 1 100 ml sigtetørret acetonitrll ved 23*. THethylamin (TEA) (33,8 ml, 24,5 g, 241,7 rn.mol) tllsattes, og suspensionen blev bragt til reflux.Kanamydn A (5.0 g of 97.6% purity, 10.07 rn.mol) was suspended in 100 ml sieve-dried acetonitrile at 23 *. THethylamine (TEA) (33.8 ml, 24.5 g, 241.7 µmol) was added and the suspension was refluxed.

25 En opløsning af trlchlorethyl sil an (23,7 ml, 21,3 g, 140,98 rn.mol) 1 25 ml tør acetonitrll tilsattes 1 løbet af 20 minutter. Reflux fortsattes 1 yderligere 7 timer, og blandingen køledes til stuetemperatur, hvorefter lange fine nåle af TEA*HC1 udskiltes. Blandingen blev henstillet ved stuetemperatur 1 16 timer, koncentreret 1 vakuum ved 40° til et klmbrigt 30 fast stof og tørret i 2 timer under højvakuum til et dyb-orange klmbrigt fast stof. Det faste stof tritureredes med 100 ml tør THF ved 23°, og det uopløselige TEA*HC1 frafiltreredes, vaskedes med 5 x 20 ml THF og tørredes til frembringelse af 16,0 g TEA.HC1. Kombineret filtrat og va-skevmsker koncentreredes 1 vakuum til et fast stof og tørredes under 35 højvakuum 1 2 timer. Der opnåedes 19,3 g poly(trlethylsllyl) kanamydn A som en dyb-orange viskos sirup.A solution of trichloroethyl silane (23.7 ml, 21.3 g, 140.98 rn.mol) in 25 ml of dry acetonitrile was added over 20 minutes. Reflux was continued for an additional 7 hours and the mixture was cooled to room temperature, after which long fine needles of TEA * HCl were separated. The mixture was allowed to stand at room temperature for 16 hours, concentrated in vacuo at 40 ° to a sticky solid, and dried for 2 hours under high vacuum to a deep orange sticky solid. The solid was triturated with 100 ml of dry THF at 23 ° and the insoluble TEA * HCl was filtered off, washed with 5 x 20 ml of THF and dried to give 16.0 g of TEA.HC1. Combined filtrate and liquid were concentrated in vacuo to a solid and dried under high vacuum for 2 hours. 19.3 g of poly (triethylslyl) kanamydn A were obtained as a deep orange viscous syrup.

kiWQnnnn· ,nii 33 DK PR 172543 B1kiWQnnnn ·, nii 33 DK PR 172543 B1

Eksempel 14Example 14

Fremstilling af polyftrlBethylsIlvl) kanamydn A under .anvendelse af bis-trimethvlsllvlurlnstefPreparation of PolytrimethylBetylSilyl) Kanamydn A Using Bis-Trimethylsilvilurne

Kanamydn A (10,0 g af 99,7% renhed, 20,58 m.mol) suspenderedes i 5 200 ml slgtetørret acetonitril under omrøring ved 23°. Til suspensionen sattes bis-trimethyls1lylurinstof (BSD) (29,45 g, 144,01 m.mol, 7 mol pr. mol kanamydn), og blandingen blev bragt til reflux under nitrogen-atmosfsre. Reflux fortsattes 1 17 timer, og reaktionsblandingen afkøle-des derefter til stuetemperatur. En lille mengde tilstedeverende uoplø-10 seligt materiale fjernedes ved filtrering, vaskedes med 3 x 10 ml portioner acetonitril og tørredes (1,1381 g). Infrarød analyse viste, at dette var BSD plus en lille mengde uomsat kanamydn A. Kombineret filtrat og vaskevssker afkøledes til 4° 1 16 timer. Yderligere fast stof skiltes ud, fjernedes som ovenfor (7,8 g) og vistes ved infrarød analyse 15 at vmre BSU plus urinstof. Det lysegule filtrat og vaskeveskerne koncentreredes 1 vakuum ved 40° og tørredes under højvakuum til frembringelse af 27,0 g af et hvidt fast stof, som dels var klebrlgt og dels var fine nålelignende krystaller. Det faste stof behandledes med 150 ml heptan ved 23°, den uopløselige del fjernedes ved filtrering, vaskedes med 2 x 20 50 ml portioner heptan og tørredes til frembringelse af 6,0 g hvide nåle (vistes ved infrarød analyse at vaere BSU plus urinstof). Kombineret filtrat og vaskevesker koncentreredes i vakuum ved 40° og tørredes under højvakuum 1 2 timer til frembringelse af 20,4 g hvide nåle, hvis infrarøde spektrum var typisk for polysllyleret kanamydn A. Beregninger vi-25 ste, at produktet i gennemsnit indeholdt 7,22 tr1methyls1lylgrupper.Kanamydn A (10.0 g of 99.7% purity, 20.58 mmol) was suspended in 5 200 ml of genus-dried acetonitrile with stirring at 23 °. To the suspension was added bis-trimethylsilurine (BSD) (29.45 g, 144.01 m.mol, 7 moles per mole of kanamydn) and the mixture was brought to reflux under nitrogen atmosphere. Reflux was continued for 17 hours and the reaction mixture was then cooled to room temperature. A small amount of insoluble material was removed by filtration, washed with 3 x 10 ml portions of acetonitrile and dried (1.181 g). Infrared analysis showed that this was BSD plus a small amount of unreacted kanamydn A. Combined filtrate and washes were cooled to 4 ° for 16 hours. Additional solid was separated, removed as above (7.8 g) and shown by infrared analysis to be BSU plus urea. The light yellow filtrate and wash bags were concentrated in vacuo at 40 ° and dried under high vacuum to give 27.0 g of a white solid which was partly sticky and partly fine needle-like crystals. The solid was treated with 150 ml of heptane at 23 °, the insoluble portion removed by filtration, washed with 2 x 20 ml portions of heptane and dried to give 6.0 g of white needles (shown by BSU plus urea) . Combined filtrate and wash bags were concentrated in vacuo at 40 ° and dried under high vacuum for 2 hours to give 20.4 g of white needles, whose infrared spectrum was typical of polysyllylated kanamydn A. Calculations showed that the product contained an average of 7, 22 trimethylsilyl groups.

EKsempd -15EKsempd -15

Fremstilling af amikacin ved acvlerlno af Derftrimethvlsilvl) kanamvein A efter partiel desllvlerlno med 1.3-butandlol 30Preparation of Amikacin by Acrylate No Derftrimethylsilyl) Kanamvein A after Partial Desulfurization of 1,3-Butanediol

a. FrewstUling af porttrinftthYlsilyl) kan«?Yc1n Aa. FrewstUling of porttrinftthYlsilyl) can «? yc1n A

Kanamydn A (10,0 g, 20,639 m.mol) suspenderedes 1 100 ml sigte-tørret acetonitril under omrøring ved 23°. Suspensionen blev bragt til reflux under en nitrogenstrøm, og HH0S (23,322 g, 144,5 m.mol, 7 mol pr.Kanamydn A (10.0 g, 20.639 mmol) was suspended in 100 ml of screen-dried acetonitrile with stirring at 23 °. The suspension was refluxed under a stream of nitrogen, and HHOS (23.332 g, 144.5 mmol, 7 moles per mole).

35 mol kanamydn A) tilsattes 1 løbet af 10 minutter. Reflux fortsattes 1 16 timer, og blandingen køledes dernest til stuetemperatur, koncentreredes 1 vakuum og tørredes 1 2 timer under højvakuum. Oer opnåedes 24,3 g af en hvid, klæbrig remanens (92,1% udbytte beregnet som kanamydn A (silyl)n).35 moles of kanamydn A) were added over 10 minutes. Reflux was continued for 16 hours and the mixture was then cooled to room temperature, concentrated in 1 vacuum and dried for 2 hours under high vacuum. Crude was obtained 24.3 g of a white sticky residue (92.1% yield calculated as kanamydn A (silyl) n).

BNSDOCID: <DK 172543B > 34 DK PR 172543 B1 B. fcyUrlnqBNS DOCID: <DK 172543B> 34 DK PR 172543 B1 B. screening

Per(trimethylsilyl) kanamycln A (24,3 g) fremstillet under trin A ovenfor opløstes i 240 ml slgtetørret acetone under omrøring ved 23°.Per (trimethylsilyl) kanamycline A (24.3 g) prepared under step A above was dissolved in 240 ml of genus-dried acetone with stirring at 23 °.

5 Til denne opløsning tllsattes 1,3-butandlol (9,25 ml, 103,2 m.mol, 5 mol pr. mol per(trlmethylsilyl) kanamycln A. Blandingen omrørtes ved 23° i 2 timer under en nitrogenstrøm og køledes så til 0-5°. SAE (7,23 g, 20,64 m.mol) 1 70 ml for-kølet acetone tilsattes 1 løbet af ca. 1 minut. Blandingen omrørtes ved 0-5° 1 3 timer og blev så henstillet i et 4° koldt 10 rum 1 ca. 16 timer. Vand (200 ml) tilsattes, pH Indstilledes til 2,5, og den klare gule opløsning omrørtes ved 23° 1 30 minutter. Acetonen blev afdrevet 1 vakuum, og den vandige opløsning reduceredes ved 3,74 atm.To this solution was added 1,3-butanediol (9.25 ml, 103.2 m mol, 5 moles per mole per (trimethylsilyl) kanamycin A. The mixture was stirred at 23 ° for 2 hours under a stream of nitrogen and then cooled to SAE (7.23 g, 20.64 mmol) in 70 ml of precooled acetone was added over a period of about 1 minute. The mixture was stirred at 0-5 ° for 3 hours and then allowed to stand for a 4 ° cold 10 room for about 16 hours Water (200 ml) was added, the pH was adjusted to 2.5 and the clear yellow solution was stirred at 23 ° for 30 minutes. The acetone was evaporated in vacuo and the aqueous solution was reduced. at 3.74 atm.

Hg'tryk ved 23° 1 2 timer under anvendelse af 3,0 g 10% Pd-på-carbon som katalysator, (ten reducerede opløsning filtreredes gennem "Dlcalite" og 15 kromatograferedes som 1 eksempel 11 B til frembringelse af 47,50% amikacin, 5,87% BB-K29, 7,32% BB-K6, 24,26% kanamycln A og 7,41% poly-acylforbindelser.High pressure at 23 ° 1 for 2 hours using 3.0 g of 10% Pd-on-carbon as catalyst (the reduced solution was filtered through "Dlcalite" and chromatographed as Example 11B to give 47.50% amikacin, 5.87% BB-K29, 7.32% BB-K6, 24.26% kanamyclin A, and 7.41% polyacyl compounds.

Etoorool Jfi 20 Fremstilling af awikadn ved acvlerino af polvftrimethvlsilvil kanamycln A^fremstlUet 1 IHF under anvendelse af SAE med sul famlnsvrekatalvsator Til en under reflux varende blanding af kanamycln A (5,0 g, 10,32 m.mol) 1 50 ml slgtetørret tetrahydrofuran (THF) sattes sulfamlnsyre (100 mg) og HMDS (12,32 g, 76,33 m.mol). Blandingen refluxedes 1 18 t1-25 mer, Idet fuldstandlg opløsning Indtraffer efter 6 timer. Opløsningen afkøledes til 23°, behandledes med 0,1 ml vand og blev holdt på 23° 1 30 minutter. En opløsning af SAE (3,61 g, 10,3 m.mol) 1 36 ml THF tilsattes i løbet af 30 minutter. Efter omrøring 1 3 timer fortyndedes blandingen med 100 ml vand, og pH Indstilledes til 2,2 med 10% HjSO^. Den omrørtes 30 1 30 minutter ved 23° og koncentreredes så 1 vakuum til fjernelse af THF. Den resulterende vandige opløsning reduceredes ved 3,40 atm. Hg-tryk i 2 timer ved 23° under anvendelse af 10% Pd-på-carbon som katalysator. Oen reducerede opløsning filtreredes gennem "Olcalite”, og det faste stof vaskedes med vand. Kombineret filtrat og vaskevasker (150 ml) 35 bestemtes ved mikrobiologlsk analyse over for E. coli til at Indeholde 1225 mcg/ml (31,5% aktivitetudbytte) af amikacin.Etoorool Jfi 20 Preparation of awikadn by acvlerino of polytrimethylsilvil kanamycln A ^ prepared in 1HF using SAE with a solvate catalyst To a reflux mixture of kanamycln A (5.0g, 10.32mol) in 50 ml of hydrochloric acid (THF) was added sulfamic acid (100 mg) and HMDS (12.32 g, 76.33 mmol). The mixture was refluxed for 18 hours, with complete solution occurring after 6 hours. The solution was cooled to 23 °, treated with 0.1 ml of water and kept at 23 ° for 30 minutes. A solution of SAE (3.61 g, 10.3 mmol) in THF 36 ml was added over 30 minutes. After stirring for 3 hours, the mixture was diluted with 100 ml of water and the pH was adjusted to 2.2 with 10% H 2 SO 4. It was stirred for 30 minutes at 23 ° and then concentrated in 1 vacuum to remove THF. The resulting aqueous solution was reduced at 3.40 atm. Hg pressure for 2 hours at 23 ° using 10% Pd-on-carbon as catalyst. The reduced solution was filtered through "Olcalite" and the solid washed with water. Combined filtrate and wash washes (150 ml) were determined by microbiological analysis against E. coli to contain 1225 mcg / ml (31.5% activity yield) of amikacin.

riNsnncin· <ηκ 35 DK PR 172543 B1riNsnncin · <ηκ 35 DK PR 172543 B1

CksfiMgl. 11CksfiMgl. 11

Fremstil Ung af amikacin ved acvlerlnq af polyftrlmethvlsilvl) kanamycin A med N-hvdroxvsuccinlmldesteren af di-carbobenzvloxv AHBAPrepare Young of amikacin by acylation of polytrimethylsilyl) kanamycin A with the N-hydroxysuccinyl moiety ester of di-carbobenzyloxv AHBA

5 A. Fremstilling af di-carbobenzvloxv l-M-a-amlno-o-hvdroxysmorsyre N-hydroxysucclnlmidesterA. Preparation of di-carbobenzyloxy 1-M-α-amino-o-hydroxybutyric acid N-hydroxysuccinyl ester

Di-carbobenzyloxy L-(-)-tt-amino-a-hydrøxysmørsyre (8 g, 20,65 .mol) og N-hydroxysuccinimid (2,37 g, 20,65 m.mol) opløstes 1 50 ml 10 tør acetone ved 23°. Dicyclohexylcarbodiimid (4,25 g, 20,65 m.mol) opløst i 20 ml tør acetone tilsattes, og det hele omrørtes ved 23° i 2 timer. Di-cyclohexylurinstof frafiltreredes, filterkagen vaskedes med 10 ml tør acetone, og filtratet og vaskevæskerne kombineredes.Di-carbobenzyloxy L - (-) - tt-amino-α-hydroxybutyric acid (8 g, 20.65 mol) and N-hydroxysuccinimide (2.37 g, 20.65 mmol) were dissolved in 50 ml of dry acetone. at 23 °. Dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (4.25 g, 20.65 mmol) dissolved in 20 ml of dry acetone was added and the whole was stirred at 23 ° for 2 hours. Dicyclohexylurea was filtered off, the filter cake was washed with 10 ml of dry acetone, and the filtrate and washings were combined.

15 B. AcvlerinqB. Acquisition

Poly(trimethylsilyl) kanamycin A fremstillet i overensstemmelse med den generelle fremgangsmåde i eksempel 15 ud fra 10,0 g (20,639 m.mol) kanamycin A opløstes 1 100 ml tør acetone. Opløsningen køledes til 0-5°, 3,7 ml deionlseret vand tilsattes, og opløsningen omrørtes ved 0-5° 1 30 20 minutter under moderat vakuum.Poly (trimethylsilyl) kanamycin A prepared in accordance with the general procedure of Example 15 from 10.0 g (20.639 m.mol) of kanamycin A was dissolved in 100 ml of dry acetone. The solution was cooled to 0-5 °, 3.7 ml of deionized water was added and the solution was stirred at 0-5 ° for 20 minutes under moderate vacuum.

Til denne opløsning sattes den under trin A fremstillede opløsning af det di-Cbz-blokerede acyleringsmiddel, og blandingen omrørtes ved 0-5° 1 30 minutter. Blandingen fortyndedes med vand, pH indstilledes til 2,2, og acetonen blev fjernet 1 vakuum. Den vandige opløsning reducere-25 des ved den generelle fremgangsmåde i eksempel 22 og flltreredes dernest gennem "Dicalite". Kromatografi viste 40-45% amikacin, ca. 10% BB-K29, spormængder af BB-K6, ca. 30% kanamycin A og en ringe mængde polyacyl-forbindel ser.To this solution was added the solution prepared in step A of the di-Cbz-blocked acylating agent and the mixture was stirred at 0-5 ° for 30 minutes. The mixture was diluted with water, the pH adjusted to 2.2 and the acetone removed in vacuo. The aqueous solution was reduced by the general procedure of Example 22 and then filtered through "Dicalite". Chromatography showed 40-45% amikacin, ca. 10% BB-K29, trace amounts of BB-K6, approx. 30% kanamycin A and a small amount of polyacyl compound.

30 Eksempel 18Example 18

Fremstilling af Dolv(tr1methvlsil»l) kanamycin A uadec. anvendelse_af mOS med Imldazol som katalysatorPreparation of Dolv (trimethylsilyl) kanamycin A uadec. application of mOS with Imldazole as catalyst

Kanamycin A (11 g, 22,7 m.mol) og 100 mg imidazol opvarmedes til reflux i 100 ml sigtetørret acetonitril under en nitrogenstrøm. HMDS 35 (1B,48 g, 114,5 m.mol, 5 mol pr. mol kanamycin A tilsattes 1 løbet af 30 minutter, og blandingen refluxedes i 20 timer. Fuldstændig opløsning Indtraf på ca. 2¼ time. Opløsningen afkøledes til 23°, og opløsningsmidlet fjernedes 1 vakuum og efterlod 21,6 g poly(trimethylsilyl) kanamycin A som en skumagtig remanens (93,1% udbytte beregnet som kanamycin BNSDOCIDkOK 172543B > 36 DK PR 172543 B1 (s1lyl)n).Kanamycin A (11 g, 22.7 m mol) and 100 mg imidazole were heated to reflux in 100 ml of sieve-dried acetonitrile under a stream of nitrogen. HMDS 35 (1B, 48 g, 114.5 mmol, 5 moles per mole kanamycin A was added over 30 minutes and the mixture was refluxed for 20 hours. Complete solution Occurred about 2¼ hours. The solution cooled to 23 ° and the solvent was removed in vacuo leaving 21.6 g of poly (trimethylsilyl) kanamycin A as a foamy residue (93.1% yield calculated as kanamycin BNSDOCIDkOK 172543B> 36 DK PR 172543 B1 (s1lyl) n).

Eksempel 1.9Example 1.9

Fremstilling af l-N-rL-M-T-amlno-o-hydroxybutyryll kanamycln B 5 1BB-K26) ved acrlerlng af polyftrlmethvlsilyll kanamve1n 8 med SAEPreparation of 1-N-rL-M-T-amino-o-hydroxybutyryl kanamyclin B 5 (1BB-K26) by acrylication of polytrimethylsilyl kanamylene 8 with SAE

A. Fremstilling af polv(trinethvlsilyl) kanawvdn B under anvendelse af HMDS med TMCS-katalvsatorA. Preparation of Poly (Trinethylsilyl) Kanawvdn B Using HMDS with TMCS Catalyst

Kanamydn B (25 g, 51,7 m.mol) 1 250 ml slgtetørret acetonitril op-10 varmedes til reflux under en nitrogenstrem. HHOS (62,3 g, 385,81 m.mol, 7,5 mol pr. mol kanalycin B) tilsattes 1 lebet af 30 minutter efterfulgt af 1 ml TMCS som katalysator. Blandingen refluxedes 1 21 timer med fuld-stend1g opløsning efter 1 time. Opløsningsmidlet fjernedes 1 vakuum ved 60°, og den olieagtlge remanens blev holdt ved 60® under højvakuum 1 3 15 timer. Oer opnåedes 53,0 g poly(trimethylsllyl) kanamycln B (85,2% udbytte beregnet som kanamydn B (sllyl)jg).Kanamydn B (25 g, 51.7 mmol) in 250 ml of genus-dried acetonitrile is heated to reflux under a nitrogen stream. HHOS (62.3 g, 385.81 m mole, 7.5 moles per mole of kanalycin B) was added over a period of 30 minutes followed by 1 ml of TMCS as catalyst. The mixture was refluxed for 21 hours with complete solution after 1 hour. The solvent was removed in vacuo at 60 ° and the oily residue was maintained at 60 ° under high vacuum for 15 hours. Oops were obtained 53.0 g of poly (trimethylslyl) kanamycline B (85.2% yield calculated as kanamydn B (sllyl) µg).

B. ÅcvlerlngB. Acceleration

Det under trin A ovenfor fremstillede poly(trlmethylsilyl) 20 kanamydn B (53,0 g) opløstes 1 500 ml tør acetone ved 0-5°, methanol (20,9 ml) tilsattas, og blandingen omrørtes i vakuum 1 30 minutter ved 0-5°. En opløsning af SAE (18,1 g, 51,67 m.mol) 1 200 ml forkølet acetone tilsattes 1 løbet af mindre end 1 minut, og blandingen omrørtes 1 30 minutter ved 0-5°. Blandingen oparbejdedes i overensstemmelse med den 25 generelle fremgangsmåde 1 eksempel 11 og blev så fyldt på en søjle af "CG-50" (NH^+) (8 x 120 cm). Den elueredes med en NH^OH gradient fra 0,6 n t11 3 n. Der opnåedes 38% BB-K26, 5% af det tilsvarende 6'-N-acylerede kanamycln B (BB-K22), 10% af det tilsvarende 3-N-acylerede kanamycln B (BB-K46) 14,63% kanamycln 8 og en Ulle mengde polyacyleret kanamydn B.The poly (trimethylsilyl) 20 kanamydn B (53.0 g) prepared in step A above was dissolved in 1,500 ml of dry acetone at 0-5 °, methanol (20.9 ml) was added and the mixture was stirred in vacuo for 30 minutes at 0 ° C. -5 °. A solution of SAE (18.1 g, 51.67 mmol) in 200 ml of cold acetone was added over less than 1 minute and the mixture was stirred for 30 minutes at 0-5 °. The mixture was worked up according to the general procedure of Example 11 and then loaded onto a column of "CG-50" (NH 2+) (8 x 120 cm). It was eluted with an NH 1 OH gradient from 0.6 n to 11 3 n. 38% BB-K26, 5% of the corresponding 6'-N-acylated kanamycline B (BB-K22), 10% of the corresponding 3 were obtained. -N-acylated kanamycline B (BB-K46) 14.63% kanamycline 8 and an Ulle amount of polyacylated kanamycline B

3030

Eksempel 20Example 20

Fremstilling af polv(trlmethvlsilyl) kanamvdn A under anvendelse af HHOS med kanamvdn A sulfat som katalysatorPreparation of Powder (Trimethylsilyl) Canvane A Using HHOS with Canvane A Sulfate as Catalyst

Kanamycln A (19,5 g, 40,246 m.mol) og kanamydn A sulfat (0,5 g, 35 0,858 m.mol) [ialt - 20,0 g, 41,0 m.mol] 1 200 ml slgtetørret acetonitril blev bragt til reflux. HMDS (60,3 ml, 287,7 m.mol, 7 mol pr. mol kanamycln A) blev langsomt tilsat, og blandingen refluxedes 1 28 timer.Kanamycline A (19.5 g, 40.246 mmol) and kanamydn A sulfate (0.5 g, 0.858 mmol) [total - 20.0 g, 41.0 mmol] in 200 ml of genus dried acetonitrile brought to reflux. HMDS (60.3 mL, 287.7 mL, 7 moles per mole kanamycline A) was slowly added and the mixture was refluxed for 28 hours.

Den blev dernsst inddampet til tørhed 1 en rotations Inddamper og tørredes under damplnjektorvakuum. Der opnåedes 47,5 g poly(trlmethylsllyl)It was then evaporated to dryness in a rotary evaporator and dried under a steam injector vacuum. 47.5 g of poly (trimethylslyl) were obtained

-Nsnomn «ίίκ 17?S4:?R-Nsnomn «ίίκ 17? S4:? R

37 DK PR 172543 B137 DK PR 172543 B1

kanamycln A som en bleggul olie (95,82% udbytte beregnet som kanamycin Akanamycline A as a pale yellow oil (95.82% yield calculated as kanamycin A

(silyl)10)·(Silyl) 10) ·

Eksempel 21 5 Fremstilling af amikacin ved acvlerlng af ooly(tr1roethylsilvl1 kanamycln A med N-trlfluoracetvl-bl okeret AHBA N-hvdroxysucc1n1m1dester A. Fremstilling af N-trifluoracetyl AHBA og omdannelse til dens N-Example 21 Preparation of Amikacin by Acolylation of Ooly (Trifroethylsilyl) kanamyclin A with N-trifluoroacetyl-bleached AHBA N-hydroxysuccinylmester ester A. Preparation of N-trifluoroacetyl AHBA and conversion to its N-

Mn>xysutt1n.1iWestgr 10 Til en suspension af AHBA (5,0 g, 42 m.mol) i 100 ml THF sattes trifluoreddikesyreanhydrid (40g, 191 m.mol) under omrøring i løbet af 10 minutter. Opløsningen omrørtes 1 18 timer ved 23* og koncentre-redes derncst til tørhed 1 vakuum ved 50°. Remanensen opløstes 1 100 ml vandig methanol (1:1) og omrørtes 1 1 time. Den koncentreredes derncst 15 til tørhed 1 vakuum og genopløstes 1 50 ml H^O. Den vandige opløsning ekstraheredes med 3 x 50 ml portioner af MIBK, og ekstrakten koncentreredes efter tørring over Na2S04 til en olie. Opløsningsmiddelspor fjernedes ved tilsctnlng og afdestillation af 4 ml vand. Ved henstand cndre-des olien til et voksagtlgt krystallinsk faststof (2,5 g, 28% udbytte).Mn> xysutt1n.1iWestgr 10 To a suspension of AHBA (5.0 g, 42 m.mol) in 100 ml of THF was added trifluoroacetic anhydride (40g, 191 m.mol) with stirring over 10 minutes. The solution was stirred for 18 hours at 23 ° and then concentrated to dryness in vacuo at 50 °. The residue was dissolved in 100 ml of aqueous methanol (1: 1) and stirred for 1 hour. It was then concentrated to dryness in vacuo and redissolved in 50 ml of H 2 O. The aqueous solution was extracted with 3 x 50 ml portions of MIBK and the extract was concentrated after drying over Na 2 SO 4 to an oil. Solvent traces were removed by addition and distillation of 4 ml of water. On standing, the oil is changed to a waxy crystalline solid (2.5 g, 28% yield).

20 N-trifluoracetyl AHBA (2,4 g, 11,3 m.mol) opløstes i 50 ml tør acetone, og N-hydroxysucc1n1m1d (1,30 g, 11,31 m.mol) sattes til opløsningen. En opløsning af d1cyc1ohexylcarbod11mid (2,33 g) i 20 ml tør acetone til sattes langsomt. Reaktionsblandingen omrørtes i 2 timer ved 23®, og det udfcldede dicyclohexyluri nstof fjernedes ved filtrering og 25 vaskedes med en lille portion acetone. Kombineret filtrat og vaskevcsker (en opløsning af N-hydroxysucc1n1m1desteren af N-trifluoracetyl AHBA) anvendtes under det neste trin uden isolering.20 N-trifluoroacetyl AHBA (2.4 g, 11.3 mmol) was dissolved in 50 ml of dry acetone and N-hydroxysuccin1m1d (1.30 g, 11.31 mmol) was added to the solution. A solution of dicyclohexylcarbod11mide (2.33 g) in 20 ml of dry acetone was added slowly. The reaction mixture was stirred for 2 hours at 23 ° and the precipitated dicyclohexylurea was removed by filtration and washed with a small portion of acetone. Combined filtrate and washing liquids (a solution of the N-hydroxy succinyl ester of N-trifluoroacetyl AHBA) were used during the next step without isolation.

B. Acvlerlng 30 Til en opløsning af poly(trlmethylsilyl) kanamycln A fremstillet som i eksempel 20.(11,31 m.mol) i 54 ml acetone sattes 2,0 ml (113,4 m.mol) vand, og blandingen omrørtes i vakuum ved 0-5* i 30 minutter. N-hydroxysucctnlmidesteren af N-trifluoracetyl AHBA fremstillet under trin A ovenfor (11,31 m.mol) sattes til blandingen, og den blev derefter 35 holdt pi 5° i 1 time. pH-vcrd1en Indstilledes si til ca. 2,0 med 20%B. Acquisition 30 To a solution of poly (trimethylsilyl) kanamycline A prepared as in Example 20. (11.31 moles) in 54 ml of acetone was added 2.0 ml (113.4 moles) of water and the mixture was stirred. in vacuo at 0-5 * for 30 minutes. The N-hydroxysuccinyl ester of N-trifluoroacetyl AHBA prepared under step A above (11.31 m.mol) was added to the mixture and it was then maintained at 5 ° for 1 hour. The pH value was adjusted to approx. 2.0 by 20%

HgSO^, blandingen omrørtes i 30 minutter, og pH-vcrdien hcvedes si til ca. 6,0 med NH^OH. Blandingen blev derefter Inddampet til tørhed 1 en rotationsInddamper til frembringelse af 14,4 g af et klcbrigt off-white fast stof. Det faste stof opløstes 1 100 ml vand, pH-vcrdien hcvedes fra BNSDOC1D: <DK 172543B > 38 DK PR 172543 B1 5,5 til 11,0 med 10 n NH^OH, og opløsningen opvarmedes 1 et oliebad ved 70· 1 1 time. pH (9,5) smnkedes til 7,0 med HC1, opløsningen finfiltre· redes til fjernelse af en lille mngde uopløsellge bestanddele, og filteret vaskedes med vand. Kombineret filtrat og vaskevssker (188 ml) til-5 førtes en "CG-50" (NH^+J søjle (8 x 90 cm), vaskedes med 2 liter vand og elueredes med en NH^OH gradient (0,6n-l,0n-koncentreret). Oer opniedes 28,9% amikacin, 5,OX BB-K6, 5,7% BB-K29, 43,8% kanamydn A, 3,25% polyacyl forbi ndel ser plus 14,3% af et ukendt materiale, som var 1 den første fraktion fra søjlen.HgSO4, the mixture was stirred for 30 minutes, and the pH was raised to ca. 6.0 with NH 3 OH. The mixture was then evaporated to dryness in a rotary evaporator to give 14.4 g of a clear off-white solid. The solid was dissolved in 100 ml of water, the pH was calculated from BNSDOC1D: <DK 172543B> 38 DK PR 172543 B1 5.5 to 11.0 with 10 n NH 3 OH, and the solution was heated in an oil bath at 70 · 1 L hour. The pH (9.5) was flushed to 7.0 with HCl, the solution fine filtered to remove a small amount of insoluble constituents and the filter washed with water. Combined filtrate and washes (188 ml) were added to a "CG-50" (NH NH + J column (8 x 90 cm)), washed with 2 liters of water and eluted with an NH NHOH gradient (0.6n-1). , 0n-concentrated.) 28.9% amikacin, 5.OX BB-K6, 5.7% BB-K29, 43.8% kanamydn A, 3.25% polyacyl compound plus 14.3% of an unknown material which was 1 the first fraction from the column.

1010

Eksempel 22Example 22

Fremstilling af amikacin ved acvlerlno af polvftrlmethvlsllvl) kanamvdn A med t-butyloxycarbonvl-bl okeret AHBA N-hvdroxvsuccInimidester 15 A. Fremstilling af t-BOC AHBA og omdannelse til dens N-hydroxvsucclnlmldesterPreparation of Amikacin by Acrylic Acid Polymer-Methylsilyl) Kanamvenn A with t-Butyloxycarbonyl-Bleached AHBA N-Hydroxysuccinimide Ester 15 A. Preparation of t-BOC AHBA and Conversion to Its N-Hydroxysuccinyl Esters

En opløsning af AHBA (5,0 g, 42 m.mol) i 100 ml vand og 20 ml acetone Indstilledes til pH 10 med 10 n NaOH. I løbet af 3-4 minutter tilsattes 11,6 g (53 m.mol) dl-t-butyldicarbonat, og opløsningen omrørtes 1 20 35 minutter, Idet pH-vcrd1en blev holdt pi 10 ved periodisk tllsmtnlng af 10 n NaOH. Acetonen fjernedes 1 vakuum, og den vandige fase vaskedes med 40 ml ethylacetat. pH-værdien af den vandige opløsning scnkedes til 2,0 med 3 n HCl, og opløsningen ekstraheredes dernæst med 3 x 30 ml MIBK. Oe kombinerede MIBK ekstrakter tørredes over NagSO^ og koncentre-25 redes t11 en klar olieagtig remanens (8,2 g, 89X).A solution of AHBA (5.0 g, 42 mmol) in 100 ml of water and 20 ml of acetone was adjusted to pH 10 with 10 n NaOH. Over 3-4 minutes, 11.6 g (53 mmol) of dl-t-butyl dicarbonate was added and the solution was stirred for 20 minutes, maintaining the pH value of 10 for periodic counting of 10 n NaOH. The acetone was removed in vacuo and the aqueous phase was washed with 40 ml of ethyl acetate. The pH of the aqueous solution was lowered to 2.0 with 3 n HCl and the solution was then extracted with 3 x 30 ml MIBK. Oe combined MIBK extracts were dried over NagSO 4 and concentrated to give a clear oily residue (8.2 g, 89X).

-t-BOC-AHBA (4,25 g, 19,4 m.mol) opløstes 1 50 ml acetone, og N-hydroxysucdnlmid (2,23 g, 19,4 m.mol) tilsattes. En opløsning af di-cyclohexylcarbodlimld (4,00 g, 19,4 m.mol) 1 20 ml acetone tilsattes langsomt, og blandingen omrørtes 1 2 timer ved 23°. Det udfoldede di-30 cyclohexylurinstof fjernedes ved filtrering og vaskedes med en lille mængde acetone. Kombineret filtrat og vaskevæsker (en opløsning af N-hydroxysuccinlmldesteren af -t-BOC-AHBA) anvendtes ved det næste trin uden Isolering.-t-BOC-AHBA (4.25 g, 19.4 mmol) was dissolved in 50 ml of acetone and N-hydroxysuccinylmide (2.23 g, 19.4 mmol) was added. A solution of dicyclohexylcarbodime (4.00 g, 19.4 mmol) in 20 ml of acetone was added slowly and the mixture was stirred for 2 hours at 23 °. The unfolded di-cyclohexylurea was removed by filtration and washed with a small amount of acetone. Combined filtrate and washings (a solution of the N-hydroxysuccinyl ester of -t-BOC-AHBA) were used in the next step without Isolation.

35 B. AcylerlngB. Acylation

Til en opløsning af poly(trimethylsilyl) kanamydn A fremstillet som i eksempel 20 (41,28 m.mol) i 94 ml acetone sattes 3,5 ml (194 m.mol) vand, og blandingen omrørtes 1 vakuum ved 0-5° i 30 minutter. N-hydroxysuccinlmidesteren af -t-BOC-AHBA fremstillet under trin A ovenfor BNSDOCID: <DK 172S43B > 39 DK PR 172543 B1 (19,4 m.mol) tilsattes, og blandingen henstod ved 5° 1 1 time. Vand (200 ml) tllsattes, og pH (7,0) scnkedes t11 2,0 med 20% HgSO^. Efter 30 minutters omrøring hcvedes pH til ca. 6,0 med NH^OH, og blandingen inddampedes til tørhed i vakuum til frembringelse af 36,3 g af en gylden olie.To a solution of poly (trimethylsilyl) kanamydn A prepared as in Example 20 (41.28 mmol) in 94 ml of acetone was added 3.5 ml (194 mmol) water and the mixture was stirred in vacuum at 0-5 °. for 30 minutes. The N-hydroxysuccinyl ester of -t-BOC-AHBA prepared under step A above BNS DOCID: <DK 172S43B> 39 DK PR 172543 B1 (19.4 mmol) was added and the mixture was allowed to stand at 5 ° for 1 hour. Water (200 ml) was added and pH (7.0) was lowered to 2.0 with 20% HgSO 4. After stirring for 30 minutes, the pH was raised to ca. 6.0 with NH 2 OH and the mixture was evaporated to dryness in vacuo to give 36.3 g of a golden oil.

6 Olien opløstes i 200 ml trifluoreddikesyre, henstod i 15 minutter og Inddampedes til tørhed 1 en rotationsinddamper. Olien vaskedes med vand, og vandet flash-afdampedes. Koncentreret NH^OH tilsattes til pH 6,0 og flash-afdampedes. Oet resulterende faste stof opløstes 1 vand, filtreredes, og filteret vaskedes med vand. Kombineret filtrat og vaskevzsker 10 (259 ml) blev fyldt på en aCG-50" (NH4+) søjle (8 x 92 cm), vasket med 4 liter vand og elueret med en NH^OH gradient (0,6n-l,0n-koncentreret).6 The oil was dissolved in 200 ml of trifluoroacetic acid, allowed to stand for 15 minutes and evaporated to dryness in a rotary evaporator. The oil was washed with water and the water flash evaporated. Concentrated NH 4 OH was added to pH 6.0 and flash evaporated. The resulting solid was dissolved in water, filtered and the filter washed with water. Combined filtrate and washes 10 (259 ml) were charged to an aCG-50 "(NH 4 +) column (8 x 92 cm), washed with 4 liters of water and eluted with an NH 2 OH gradient (0.6n-1.0n concentrated).

Oer opnåedes 40,32% amlkadn, 4,58% BB-K6, 8,32% BB-K29, 30,50% kanamycin A og 7,43% polyacylforbindel ser.Oer was obtained 40.32% amylkadn, 4.58% BB-K6, 8.32% BB-K29, 30.50% kanamycin A and 7.43% polyacyl compound.

15 Eksempel 23Example 23

Oen generelle fremgangsmåde i eksempel 10 gentages, bortset fra at det deri anvendte kanamycin A erstattes med en zkvimolcr msngde af henholdsvis: 3'-deoxykanamycin A, 20 6'-N-methylkanamycin A, 3'-deoxy-6'-N-methylkanamycin A kanamycin B, 6'-N-methylkanamycin B, tobramycin (3'-deoxykanamyc1n B), 25 6'-N-methyltobramycIn, amlnoglycosld NK-1001, 3'-deoxy-am1noglycos1d NK-1001, 6'-N-methyl-amlnoglycosld NK-1001, 3'-deoxy-6'-N-methyl-amlnoglycosld NK-1001, 30 gentamicin A, 3'-deoxygentam1c1n A, gentamicin 8, 3'-deoxygentamlcin B, 6'-N-methylgentam1c1n B, 35 3'-deoxy-6'-N-methylgentamlcIn B, gentamicin 8j, 3'-deoxygentamidn Bj, 6'-N-methylgentamicin Bj, 3' -deoxy-6'-N-methylgentamicin Bj, BNSDOCID: <DK 172S43B> 40 DK PR 172543 B1 gentamicin X2, seldomycln faktor 1 og seldomydn faktor 2, 5 og der fremstilles derved henholdsvis: 1-N-IL-(-)-y-amino-a-hydroxybutyryl]-3'-deoxykanamyc1n A, 1-Ν-[L-(-)-y-amlno-a-hydroxybutyryl]-6'-N-methylkanamycin A, 1-N-[1-(-)-7-amino-a-hydroxybutyryl]-3'-deoxy-6'-H-methyl-kanamycin A, 10 l-N-[L-(-)-y-am1no-a-hydroxybutyryl]kanamyc1n B, 1-N-[L-(-)-y-am1no-a-hydroxybutyryl]-6'-N-methylkanamyciη B, 1-N-[L-(-)-y-amlno-a-hydroxybutyryl]tobramycin, l-N-lL-i-J-y-amlno-a-hydroxybutyryll-e'-N-methyltobramycIn, l-N-[L-(-)-7-am1no-a-hydroxybutyryl] am1nog1yco$1d NK-1001, 15 l-N-[L-(-)-7-am1no-a-am1no-a-hydroxybutyry1]-3'-deoxy-am1noglycosid NK- 1001, 1 -N-[L- (-) -γ-amlno-a-hydroxybutyryl]-6'-N-methyl -aminoglycosld NK-1001, 1-N- [L- (-) -y-amlno-a-hydroxybutyryl 1 -3' -deoxy-6' -N-methyl -ami noglycosld NK 1001, 20 l-N-[L-(-)-7-am1no-e-hydroxybutyryl]gentam1c1n A, l-N-[L-(-)-7-am1no-e-hydroxybutyryl]-3'-deoxygentam1c1n A, 1-N-[L-(-)-7-am1no-a-hydroxybutyryl]gentam1c1η B, 1-N—[L-(-)-7-amino-a-hydroxybutyryl]-3'-deoxygentamlcln B, l-N-[L-(-)-7-am1no-a-hydroxybutyryl]-6'-N-methylgenta«1c1n B, 25 1 -N- [L- (-) -7-ami no-a-hydroxybutyryl ] -3' -deoxy-6' -N-methyl gentamicin Bj, l-N-[l-(-)-7-am1no-a-hydroxybutyryl]gentam1c1n 8j, 1-N-[L- (-)-7-amino-a-hydroxybutyryl]-3'-deoxygentamlc1n B j, l-N-[L-(-)-7-am1no-a-hydroxybutyryl]-6'-N-methylgentam1c1n Bj, 1 -N- [ L- (-) -7- ami no -a- hydroxybutyryl) -3' -deoxy-6' -N-methyl gentamlcl n Bj, 30 l-N-[L-(-)-7-am1no-a-hydroxybutyryl]gentamic1n X^, l-N-[L-(-)-7-am1no-a-hydroxybutyryl] seldomycln faktor 1 og l-N-[L-(-)-7-am1no-a-hydroxybutyryl] seldomycln faktor 2.The general procedure of Example 10 is repeated except that the kanamycin A used therein is replaced with a zquimolcr amount of: 3'-deoxycanamycin A, 6'-N-methylkanamycin A, 3'-deoxy-6'-N-methylkanamycin, respectively. A kanamycin B, 6'-N-methylkanamycin B, tobramycin (3'-deoxycanamycin B), 6'-N-methyltobramycin, aminoglycosyl NK-1001, 3'-deoxy-aminoglycoside NK-1001, 6'-N-methyl -amylnoglycosyl NK-1001, 3'-deoxy-6'-N-methyl-aminoglycosyl NK-1001, gentamicin A, 3'-deoxygentam1c1n A, gentamicin 8, 3'-deoxygentamyclin B, 6'-N-methylgentam1c1n B, 3'-deoxy-6'-N-methylgentamicin Bj, gentamicin 8j, 3'-deoxygentamidn Bj, 6'-N-methylgentamicin Bj, 3 '-deoxy-6'-N-methylgentamicin Bj, BNSDOCID: <DK 172S43B> 40 DK PR 172543 B1 gentamicin X2, seldomycln factor 1 and seldomydn factor 2, 5, thereby producing respectively: 1-N-IL - (-) - γ-amino-α-hydroxybutyryl] -3'-deoxycanamycin A, 1- Ν- [L - (-) - γ-amino-α-hydroxybutyryl] -6'-N-methylkanamycin A, 1-N- [1- (-) - 7-amino-α-hydroxybutyryl] -3'-deox γ-6'-H-methyl-kanamycin A, 10N- [L - (-) - γ-amino-α-hydroxybutyryl] kanamycin B, 1-N- [L - (-) - γ-amino-α-α hydroxybutyryl] -6'-N-methylcanamycin B, 1-N- [L - (-) - γ-amino-α-hydroxybutyryl] tobramycin, 1N-1L-1β-amino-α-hydroxybutyryl-e'-N-methyltobramycin , 1N- [L - (-) - 7-Amino-α-hydroxybutyryl] aminoglyco $ 1d NK-1001, 15N- [L - (-) - 7-Amino-α-amino-α-hydroxybutyryl] -3 ' -deoxy-aminoglycoside NK-1001, 1-N- [L- (-) -γ-amino-α-hydroxybutyryl] -6'-N-methyl-aminoglycoside NK-1001, 1-N- [L- (-) -y-amino-α-hydroxybutyryl 1 -3 '-deoxy-6' -N-methyl-aminoglycoside NK 1001, 20N- [L - (-) - 7-amino-e-hydroxybutyryl] gentam1c1n A, 1N- [L - (-) - 7-Amino-e-hydroxybutyryl] -3'-deoxygenetamycin A, 1-N- [L - (-) - 7-Amino-α-hydroxybutyryl] gentam1c1η B, 1-N - [L - (-) - 7-Amino-α-hydroxybutyryl] -3'-deoxygentamine B, 1N- [L - (-) - 7-amino-α-hydroxybutyryl] -6'-N-methylgenta-1c1n B, 1 -N- [L- (-) -7-amino-α-hydroxybutyryl] -3 '-deoxy-6' -N-methyl gentamicin Bj, 1N- [1- (-) - 7-amino-α-hydroxybutyryl ] gentam1c1n 8j, 1-N- [L- (-) - 7-amino- α-hydroxybutyryl] -3'-deoxygentamycin B j, 1N- [L - (-) - 7-amino-α-hydroxybutyryl] -6'-N-methylgentamycin Bj, 1-N- [L- (-) -7 - amino-α-hydroxybutyryl) -3 '-deoxy-6'-N-methyl gentamicin N Bj, 30 lN- [L - (-) - 7-amino-a-hydroxybutyryl] gentamicin X, lN- [L - (-) - 7-Amino-α-hydroxybutyryl] celeromycin factor 1 and 1N- [L - (-) - 7-amino-α-hydroxybutyryl] celeromycline factor 2.

Omsmtnlng af hvert af de ovenfor anførte am1nog1ycos1d-udgangsmate-35 ri aler på samme måde med L-(-)-0-benzyloxycarbonylaml no-a- hydroxypropionsyre N-hydroxy-5-norbornen-2,3-d1carbox1m1dester 1 stedet for L-(-)-7-benzyloxycarbonylamino-a-hydroxysmørsyre N-hydroxy-5-norbornen-2,3-dicarbox1m1desteren frembringer de tilsvarende l-N-[L-(-)-β-amino-a-hydroxyprop1onyl]aminoglycos i der.Reaction of each of the above-mentioned aminoglycosid starting materials in the same manner with L - (-) - 0-benzyloxycarbonylamide-no-α-hydroxypropionic acid N-hydroxy-5-norbornene-2,3-dcarboxylmester ester in place of L- The (-) - 7-benzyloxycarbonylamino-α-hydroxybutyric acid N-hydroxy-5-norbornene-2,3-dicarboxylic acid ester produces the corresponding 1N- [L - (-) - β-amino-α-hydroxypropylonyl] aminoglycos in there.

BNSDOCID: <DK <79S43B > 41 DK PR 172543 B1BNS DOCID: <DK <79S43B> 41 DK PR 172543 B1

Omsætning af hvert af de ovenfor anførte aminoglycosid-udgangsmate-rialer pi samme måde med L-(-)-6-benzyloxycarbonylamino-or-hydroxy-valerianesyre-N-hydroxy-5-norbornen-2,3*dicarboximidester 1 stedet for L-(-)-7-benzyloxycarbonylamino-a-hydroxysmørsyre-N-hydroxy-5-norbornen-5 2,3-dicarboximidesteren frembringer de tilsvarende l-N-[L-(-)-i-amino-ar-hydroxyvaleryl]ami noglycos i der.Reaction of each of the above-mentioned aminoglycoside starting materials in the same manner with L - (-) - 6-benzyloxycarbonylamino-hydroxy-valeric acid-N-hydroxy-5-norbornene-2,3 * dicarboximide ester in place of L- The (-) - 7-benzyloxycarbonylamino-α-hydroxybutyric acid N-hydroxy-5-norbornene-2,3-dicarboximide ester produces the corresponding 1N- [L - (-) - i-amino-ar-hydroxyvaleryl] amine noglycos in the .

Eksempel 24Example 24

Den generelle fremgangsmåde 1 eksempel 10 gentages, bortset fra at 10 den deri anvendte L-(-)-7-benzyloxycarbonylanino-tt-hydroxysmørsyre-N-hydroxy-5-norbornen-2,3-dicarboximide$ter erstattes med henholdsvis L-(-)-0-benzyloxycarbonylamino-a-hydroxyprop1onsyre-N-hydroxy-5-norbornen- 2,3-dicarboximidester og L-(-)-S-benzyloxycarbonylam1no-a-hydroxy-valer1anesyre-N-hydroxy-5-norbornen-2,3*dicarboximidester, og der frem-15 stilles derved henholdsvis l-N-[L-(-)-0-amino-e-hydroxypropionylJkanamycin A og 1-N-[L-(-)-6-amino-a-hydroxyvalerylJkanamycin A.The general procedure of Example 10 is repeated except that the L - (-) - 7-benzyloxycarbonylanino-t-hydroxybutyric acid-N-hydroxy-5-norbornene-2,3-dicarboximide is used, respectively, with L- ( -) - O-Benzyloxycarbonylamino-α-hydroxypropionic acid N-hydroxy-5-norbornene-2,3-dicarboximide ester and L - (-) - S-benzyloxycarbonylamino-α-hydroxy-valeranoic acid N-hydroxy-5-norbornene-2 , 3 * dicarboximide ester, thereby producing, respectively, 1N- [L - (-) - 0-amino-ε-hydroxypropionyl] kananamycin A and 1-N- [L - (-) - 6-amino-α-hydroxyvaleryl] kanamycin A .

Eksempel 25 20 Den generelle fremgangsmåde i eksempel 1 gentages, bortset fra at det deri anvendte 6'-N-carbobenzyloxykanamyc1n A erstattes med en ækvi-molær mængde af henholdsvis 6'-N-carbobenzyloxy-3',4'-dideoxykanamycin A, 25 6'-N-carbobenzyloxy-3',4'-dideoxy-6'-N-methylkanamycin A, 2',6'-di-(N-carbobenzy1oxy)-3',4'-dideoxykanamycin B, 2', 6'-d i -(N-carbobenzyloxy)-3',4'-dideoxy-6'-M-methy1kanamyciη B, 2',6'-di-(N-carbobenzyloxy)gentamicin Cj, 2',6'-di-(N-carbobenzyloxy)gentam1cin Cja, 30 2',6'-di-(N-carbobenzy1oxy)-6'-N-methylgentamic1n Cja, 2' ,6'-di-(N-carbobenzyloxy)gentamicin C^, 2',6'-di-(N-carboberzyloxy)-6,-N-methylgentamicin og 2',6'-di -(N-carbobenzyloxy)ami noglycosid XK-62-2, og der fremstilles derved henholdsvis 35 l*N*[l-(-)-7*ai»1no-a-hydroxybutyryl]-3',4'-dideoxykanafnycin A, ]-N-ll-(-)-7-amino-«-hydroxybutyryl]-3',4'-dideoxy-6'-N-methylkanamycin A, l-N-[l-(-)-7-amino-a-hydroxybutyryl]-3',4'-dideoxykanamycin B, 1 -N- (L- (-)-7-araino-o-hydroxybutyryl]-3',4'-dideoxy-6'-N-methylkanamycin BNSDOCID: <DK 172543B > 42 DK PR 172543 B1 B, 1-N-[L-(-)-7-amino-o-hydroxybutyryl]gentamic1n Cj, 1-N-IL-(-)-γ-amino-o-hydroxybutyrylJgentamici n Cj , 1 -N-(L-(-)-γ-am1 no-o-hydroxybutyryl]-6' -N-methylgentamicin Cja, 5 l-N-[l-(-)-Y-am1no-e-hydroxybutyryl]gentamicin C2, l-N-[l-(-)-T-am1no-o-hydroxybutyryl]-6'-N-methylgentam1cin C2 og 1-N-[L-(-)-γ-amino-o-hydroxybutyryl]amlnoglycosld XK-62-2.Example 25 The general procedure of Example 1 is repeated except that the 6'-N-carbobenzyloxycanamycin A used therein is replaced by an equimolar amount of 6'-N-carbobenzyloxy-3 ', 4'-dideoxycanamycin A, 25, respectively. 6'-N-carbobenzyloxy-3 ', 4'-dideoxy-6'-N-methylkanamycin A, 2', 6'-di- (N-carbobenzyloxy) -3 ', 4'-dideoxychanamycin B, 2', 6 '-di - (N-carbobenzyloxy) -3', 4'-dideoxy-6'-M-methylcanamycin B, 2 ', 6'-di- (N-carbobenzyloxy) gentamicin C 2, 2', 6'-di (N-carbobenzyloxy) gentamicin Cja, 2 ', 6'-di- (N-carbobenzyloxy) -6'-N-methylgentamicin Cja, 2', 6'-di- (N-carbobenzyloxy) gentamicin C2, 2 ' , 6'-di- (N-carboberzyloxy) -6, -N-methylgentamicin and 2 ', 6'-di - (N-carbobenzyloxy) ami noglycoside XK-62-2, thereby producing 35 l * N * respectively. [1- (-) - 7 * ai »1no-α-hydroxybutyryl] -3 ', 4'-dideoxycanafnycin A,] -N-11 - (-) - 7-amino -' - hydroxybutyryl] -3 ', 4 '-dideoxy-6'-N-methylkanamycin A, 1N- [1- (-) - 7-amino-α-hydroxybutyryl] -3', 4'-dideoxycanamycin B, 1-N- (L- (-) - 7-araino-o-hydroxybutyryl] -3 ', 4'-d ideoxy-6'-N-methylkanamycin BNSDOCID: <DK 172543B> 42 DK PR 172543 B1 B, 1-N- [L - (-) - 7-amino-o-hydroxybutyryl] gentamic1 C, 1-N-IL- ( -) - γ-Amino-o-hydroxybutyryljgentamici n Cj, 1 -N- (L - (-) - γ-amino-o-hydroxybutyryl] -6 '-N-methylgentamicin Cja, 5lN- [l - (- ) -Y-amino-e-hydroxybutyryl] gentamicin C2,1- [1- (-) - T-amino-o-hydroxybutyryl] -6'-N-methylgentamycin C2 and 1-N- [L - (-) - γ-amino-o-hydroxybutyryl] aminoglycoside XK-62-2.

Omsætning af hvert af de ovenfor anførte amlnoglycosid-udgangs-10 materialer på samme måde med L-(-)-0-benzy1oxycarbonylam1no-a-hydroxy-propionsyre-N-hydroxy-5-norbornen-2,3-dicarboximidester i stedet for L-(-)-7-benzyloxycarbony1am1no-o-hydroxysmørsyre-N-hydroxy-S-norbornen- 2.3- dicarboxlmidesteren frembringer de tilsvarende l-N-[t-(-)-/J-am1no-a-hydroxypropionyl]amlnoglycosider.Reaction of each of the above-mentioned aminoglycoside starting materials in the same manner with L - (-) - 0-benzyloxycarbonylamino-α-hydroxy-propionic acid-N-hydroxy-5-norbornene-2,3-dicarboximide ester instead of L The (-) - 7-benzyloxycarbonylamino-o-hydroxybutyric acid-N-hydroxy-S-norbornene-2,3-dicarboxylic acid ester produces the corresponding 1N- [t - (-) - / J-amino-α-hydroxypropionyl] aminoglycosides.

15 Omsxtnlng af hvert af de ovenfor anførte amlnoglycosld-udgangs materialer på samme måde med L-(-)-i-benzyloxycarbonylam1no-o-hydroxy-valer1anesyre-N-hydroxy-5-norbornen-2,3-dicarbox1midester 1 stedet for L-(-)-7-benzyloxycarbony1am1no-a-hydroxysmørsyre-N-hydroxy-5-norbomen- 2.3- dicarboximidesteren frembringer de tilsvarende l-N-[l-(-)-6-amino-a-20 hydroxyvaleryl]amlnoglycosider.Mixing each of the above-mentioned aminoglycosyl starting materials in the same manner with L - (-) - i-benzyloxycarbonylamino-o-hydroxy-valeric acid-N-hydroxy-5-norbornene-2,3-dicarboxylic acid ester in place of L - The (-) - 7-benzyloxycarbonylamino-α-hydroxybutyric acid-N-hydroxy-5-norbornene-2,3-dicarboximide ester produces the corresponding 1- [1- (-) - 6-amino-α-hydroxyvaleryl] aminoglycosides.

Eksempel 26 2',6'-di-{N-trifluoracetyl)s1som1c1n opslcmmes i tør acetonltrll og opvarmes til reflux under nltrogenatmosfsre. Hexamethyldisilazan [4 mol 25 pr. mol 2',6'-di-(N-trifluoracetyl)s1som1cin] tilsettes i løbet af 30 minutter, og den opnåede opløsning refluxes 1 24 timer. Fjernelse af opløsningsmidlet 1 vakuum giver fast polysilyleret 2' ,6'-di-(N-trifluor-acetyl)sisomic1n.Example 26 2 ', 6'-di- (N-trifluoroacetyl) silica is suspended in dry acetone / ltrl and heated to reflux under nitrogen atmosphere. Hexamethyldisilazane [4 moles 25 pr. moles of 2 ', 6'-di- (N-trifluoroacetyl) silsomcin] are added over 30 minutes and the solution obtained is refluxed for 24 hours. Removal of the solvent in vacuo gives solid polysilylated 2 ', 6'-di- (N-trifluoroacetyl) sisomicin.

Det polysllylerede 2',6'-d1-(N-trifluoracetyl)s1som1c1n acyleres 30 med N-hydroxysuccinimldesteren af L-(-)-7-trifluoracetylam1no-o-hydroxy-smørsyre 1 overensstemmelse med den generelle fremgangsmåde 1 eksempel 21B og oparbejdes som 1 eksempel 218 til frembringelse af 1-Ν-[ί-(-)-γ-amino-β-hydroxybutyryl]si somic In.The polysilylated 2 ', 6'-d1- (N-trifluoroacetyl) silicon is acylated with the N-hydroxysuccinimide ester of L - (-) - 7-trifluoroacetylamino-o-hydroxybutyric acid in accordance with the general procedure of Example 21B In Example 218 to produce 1-β- [ί - (-) - γ-amino-β-hydroxybutyryl] si somic In.

35 EKseinpgl 27EKseinpgl 27

Den generelle fremgangsmåde i eksempel 26 gentages, bortset fra at det deri anvendte 2',6'-d1-(N-tr1fluoracetyl)sisom1c1n erstattes med en ekvimolær mængde af henholdsvis -r.SDOCID: <DK 172543B> DK PR 172543 B1 43 2',6'-di -(N-trifluoracetyl)-5-episisomicin, 2',6'-di-(N-trifluoracetyl)-6'-N-methylsisomicin, 2',6'-di -(N-trifluoracetyl)-6'-N-methyl-5-ep1s1somicin, 2' ,6'-di -(M-tri fluoracetyl)verdamicin, 5 2', 6' - d i - (N- tri f 1 uoracetyl) -5-epi verdami c i n, 2',6'-di -(N-tri fl uoracetyl)-6'-N-methylverdaini ci n, 2',6'-di-(N-trifluoracetyl)-6'-N-methyl-5-ep1verdamicin og 2',6'-di -(N-trifluoracetyl)am1noglycosid 66-40D, 10 og der derved fremstilles henholdsvis l-N-(L-(-)-Y-amino-o-hydroxybutyryl]-5-episisomicin, 1-N-[L-(-)-γ-amino-e-hydroxybutyryl]-6'-N-methylsi somicin, 1-N-(L-(-)-γ-amino-or-hydroxybutyryl)-6'-N-methyl-5-epi si somicln, 15 l-N-[l-(-)-y-amino-a-hydroxybutyryl]verdamic1n, I-N-(L-(-)-γ-amino-a-hydroxybutyryl]-5-epiverdamlc1n, 1-N-[L-(-)-γ-amino-e-hydroxybutyryl]-6'-N-methylverdamicin, l-N-[L-(-)-t-am1no-a-hydroxybutyryl]-6'-N-methyl-5-epiverdamicin og 1-N-[L-(-)-γ-ami no-a-hydroxybutyryl]am i noglycos i d 66-40D.The general procedure of Example 26 is repeated except that the 2 ', 6'-d1- (N-trifluoroacetyl) sisom1c1n used therein is replaced by an equimolar amount of -r.SDOCID: <DK 172543B> DK PR 172543 B1 43 2 ', 6'-di - (N-trifluoroacetyl) -5-episisomicin, 2', 6'-di- (N-trifluoroacetyl) -6'-N-methylsisomicin, 2 ', 6'-di - (N-trifluoroacetyl ) -6'-N-methyl-5-epsissomicin, 2 ', 6'-di - (M-tri-fluoroacetyl) verdamicin, 2', 6 '- di - (N-tri-fluoroacetyl) -5-epi verdamin, 2 ', 6'-di - (N-trifluoroacetyl) -6'-N-methyl Verdainicin, 2', 6'-di- (N-trifluoroacetyl) -6'-N-methyl-5 epidemicamine and 2 ', 6'-di - (N-trifluoroacetyl) aminoglycoside 66-40D, 10 thereby producing respectively 1N- (L - (-) - Y-amino-o-hydroxybutyryl] -5-episisomicin, 1 -N- [L - (-) - γ-amino-ε-hydroxybutyryl] -6'-N-methylsomycin, 1-N- (L - (-) - γ-amino-or-hydroxybutyryl) -6'- N-methyl-5-epi-somicline, 1N- [1- (-) - γ-amino-α-hydroxybutyryl] verdamicin, IN- (L - (-) - γ-amino-α-hydroxybutyryl] -5- epiverdamycin, 1-N- [L - (-) - γ-amino-ε-hydroxybu tyryl] -6'-N-methylverdamicin, 1N- [L - (-) - t-amino-α-hydroxybutyryl] -6'-N-methyl-5-epiverdamicin and 1-N- [L - (-) - γ-ami no-α-hydroxybutyryl] am i noglycos id 66-40D.

2020

Omsstning af hver af de ovenfor anførte 2',6'-di-(N-trif1uor-acetyl)amlnoglycosid-udgangsmater1aler på samme måde med N-hydroxy-succlnlmidesteren af L-(-)-^-tr1fluoracetylaniino-a-hydroxypropionsyre i stedet for N-hydroxysucc1n1m1desteren af L-(-)-t-trifluoracetylam1no-a-25 hydroxysmørsyre frembringer de tilsvarende l-N-[L-(-)-/J-amino-a-hydroxy-propionyl)aminoglycosider.Reaction of each of the above 2 ', 6'-di- (N-trifluoroacetyl) aminoglycoside starting materials in the same manner with the N-hydroxy-succinyl ester of L - (-) - ^ - trifluoroacetylanino-α-hydroxypropionic acid instead for the N-hydroxysuccin1m1 ester of L - (-) - t-trifluoroacetylamino-α-hydroxybutyric acid produces the corresponding 1N- [L - (-) - [(amino-α-hydroxy-propionyl) aminoglycosides).

Omsxtning af hvert af de ovenfor anførte 2',6'-di-(N-trifluor-acetyl)am1noglycos1d-udgangsmaterialer på samme måde med N-hydroxy-sucdnlmidesteren af l-(-)-6-tr1fluoracetylamino-e-hydroxyvalerianesyre 30 i stedet for N-hydroxysucc1n1midesteren af l-(-)-7-trifluoracetylamino-o-hydroxysmørsyre frembringer de tilsvarende l-N-[L-(-)-6-am1no-o-hydroxyvaleryl]ami noglycos ider.Mixing each of the above 2 ', 6'-di- (N-trifluoroacetyl) aminoglycoside starting materials in the same manner with the N-hydroxy-succinic ester of 1- (-) - 6-trifluoroacetylamino-e-hydroxyvaleric acid 30 the site of the N-hydroxy succinic midester of 1- (-) - 7-trifluoroacetylamino-o-hydroxybutyric acid produces the corresponding 1 N- [L - (-) - 6-amino-o-hydroxyvaleryl] amine noglycosides.

gtefflQBgl-Zfl 35 Den generelle fremgangsmåde fra eksempel 26 gentages, bortset fra at N-hydroxysuccinimidesteren af L-(-)-y-trifluoracetylamino-e-hydroxy-smørsyre erstattes med en ækvimolsr mzngde af N-hydroxysuccinimidestrene af henholdsvis 8NSDOCID: <DK 172543B> 44 DK PR 172543 B1 L-(-)-Ø-trlfluoracetylam1no-a-hydroxyprop1onsyre og L-(-)-4-trif1uoracetylam1no-a-hydroxyvaler1anesyre, og der fremstilles derved henholdsvis 5 l-N-[L-(-)-0-am1no-a-hydroxypropionyl]s1som1c1n og 1-N-[L-(-)-4-amlno-tt-hydroxyvaleryl]s1som1c1n.gtefflQBgl-Zfl 35 The general procedure of Example 26 is repeated except that the N-hydroxysuccinimide ester of L - (-) - γ-trifluoroacetylamino-e-hydroxy-butyric acid is replaced by an equimolar amount of the N-hydroxysuccinimide esters of <17 > 44 DK PR 172543 B1 L - (-) - β-trifluoroacetylamino-α-hydroxypropionic acid and L - (-) - 4-trifluoroacetylamino-α-hydroxyvaleric acid, thereby producing 5 lN- [L - (-) - 0 -amino-α-hydroxypropionyl] silsomycline and 1-N- [L - (-) - 4-amino-t-hydroxyvaleryl] silsomycline.

Eksempel 29 10 Den generelle fremgangsmide fra eksempel 1 gentages, bortset fra at den deri anvendte 6'-N-carbobenzyloxykanamyc1n A erstattes med en mkvimolsr mcngde af henholdsvis 3-N-carbobenzyloxyribostamycln, 15 3-N-carbobenzyloxy-3'-deoxyri bostamydn, 3-N-carbobenzyloxy-6'-N-methyl rlbostamydn, 3*N-carbobenzyloxy-6'-H-methyl-3'-deoxyr1bostamyc1n, 3-N-carbobenzyloxyneomyc1n B, 3-N-c arbobenzyloxy-3'-deoxyneomyc1η B, 20 3-N-carbobenzyloxy-6'-N-methylneomyc1n B, 3-N-carbobenzyloxy-6'-N-methyl-3'-deoxyneomyc1 π B, 3-N-carbobenzyloxyneomycIn C, 3-N-carbobenzyloxy-3'-deoxyneomyc1n C, 3-N-carbobenzyloxy-6'-N-methylneomycin C, 25 3-N-carbobenzyloxy-6'-N-methyl-3'-deoxyneomydn C, 3-N-c arbobenzyloxyxylos tas1n, 3-N-carbobenzyloxy-3'-deoxyxylostasln, 3-N-carbobenzyloxy-6'-N-methylxylostasln, 3-N-carbobenzyloxy-6'-N-methyl-3'-deoxyxylostasln, 30 3-N-carbobenzyloxyparomomydn I, 3-N-carbobenzyloxy-3'-deoxyparomomyc1η I, 2',3-di-(N-carbobenzyloxy)-3',4'-dldeoxyparomomycin I, 3-N-carbobenzyloxyparomomyc1n II, 3-N-carbobenzyloxy-3'-deoxyparomomydn II, 35 2\3-di-(N-carbobenzyloxy)-3',4'-dideoxyparomomydn II, 3-N-carbobenzyloxy-amlnoglycosld 2230-C, 3-N-carbobenzyloxy-3'-deoxy-am1noglycos1d 2230-C, 3-N-carbobenzyloxyl ivldomydn A og 3-N-carbobenzyloxylivldomycin B, . NSDOCID: <DK 1725438 > 45 DK PR 172543 B1 og der fremstilles derved henholdsvis 1 -N-[l-(-)-7-amino-a-hydroxybutyryl]ribostamyc1n, 5 l-N-[L-(-)-7-amino-e-hydroxybutyry1]-3'-deoxyr1bostamycin, 1-N-[L-{-)-7-amt no-o-hydroxybutyryl]*6'-N-methyl ribostamycin, l-N-[L-(-)-7-am1no-a-hydroxybutyryl]-6'-N-*ethyl-3'-deoxyribostamycin, 1 -N-[L-(-)-7-ami no-o-hydroxybutyry1]neomyc i η B, l-N-[l-(-)-7-am1no-o-hydroxybutyryl] -3'-deoxyneomyciη B, 10 l-N-[L-(-)-7-am1no-a-hydroxybutyryl]-6'-N-methylneomyc1n B, 1-N-[l-(-)-7-am1no-o-hydroxybutyry1]-6'-N-methyl-3'-deoxyneomycln B, l-N-[L-(-)-7-am1no-o-hydroxybutyryl]neomycin c, 1-N-[L-(-)-7-ami no-o-hydroxybutyrylJ-3'-deoxyneomycin C, 1-N-[L-(-)-7-amlno-o-hydroxybutyryl] -6'-N-methyl neomyc i n C, 15 l-N-[L-(-)-7-am1no-o-hydroxybutyryl]-6'-N-methyl -3'-deoxyneomycin C, 1-N-[L-(-)-7-am1no-o-hydroxybutyryl]xylostas1n, 1-N-[L-(-)-7-amiηο-α-hydroxybutyrylJ-3'-deoxyxylostasln, 1-N-[L-(-)-7-amfno-o-hydroxybutyrylJ-6'-N-methylxylostasln, l-N-[L-(-)-7-am1no-o-hydroxybutyryl1-6'-N-methyl-3'-deoxyxylostasin, 20 l-N-[L-(-)-y-am1no-a-hydroxybutyryl]paroinomyc1n I, 1 -N-[L-(-)-7-amlno-o-hydroxybutyryl]-3'-deoxyparomomycin I, l-N-[L-(-)-7-amim>-e-hydroxybutyryl]-3\4'-dideoxyparomomyc1n I, 1-N-[L-(-)-7-amlno-o-hydroxybutyryl]paromomycin II, 1-N-[L-(-)-7-amino-o-hydroxybutyryl]-3'-deoxyparomomyci η 11, 25 l-N-[L-(-)-y-amtno-a-hydroxybutyry1]-3',4'-dideoxyparomomycin II, 1-N-[L-(-)-7-amtno-o-hydroxybutyryl]am1noglycos1d 2230-C, 1-N-[L-(-)-7-am1no-o-hydroxybutyryl]-3'-deoxy-aminoglycosid 2230-C, l-N-[L-(-)-7-am1no-o-hydroxybutyryl]11vidomycin A og I-N-[l-(-)-7-am1no-o-hydroxybutyryl]11v1domyc1n B.Example 29 The general procedure of Example 1 is repeated except that the 6'-N-carbobenzyloxycanamycin A used therein is replaced by a quantum amount of 3-N-carbobenzyloxyribostamyclin, 3-N-carbobenzyloxy-3'-deoxy, respectively. 3-N-carbobenzyloxy-6'-N-methylrlbostamydine, 3 * N-carbobenzyloxy-6'-H-methyl-3'-deoxyyrbostamycin, 3-N-carbobenzyloxyneomycline B, 3-Nc arbobenzyloxy-3'-deoxyneomycl 3-N-carbobenzyloxy-6'-N-methylneomycin B, 3-N-carbobenzyloxy-6'-N-methyl-3'-deoxyneomycl π B, 3-N-carbobenzyloxyneomycin C, 3-N-carbobenzyloxy-3 ' -deoxyneomycin C, 3-N-carbobenzyloxy-6'-N-methylneomycin C, 3-N-carbobenzyloxy-6'-N-methyl-3'-deoxyneomydn C, 3-Nc arbobenzyloxyxylosin, 3-N-carbobenzyloxy 3'-deoxyxylostazine, 3-N-carbobenzyloxy-6'-N-methylxylostazine, 3-N-carbobenzyloxy-6'-N-methyl-3'-deoxyxylostazine, 3-N-carbobenzyloxyparomomydine I, 3-N-carbobenzyloxy 3'-deoxyparomomycin I, 2 ', 3-di- (N-carbobenzyloxy) -3', 4'-ddedexyparomomycin I, 3-N-carbobenzylo xyparomomycin II, 3-N-carbobenzyloxy-3'-deoxyparomomydine II, 2β-di- (N-carbobenzyloxy) -3 ', 4'-dideoxyparomomydine II, 3-N-carbobenzyloxy-aminoglycoside 2230-C, 3- N-carbobenzyloxy-3'-deoxy-aminoglycoside 2230-C, 3-N-carbobenzyloxyl ivldomydn A and 3-N-carbobenzyloxylivldomycin B ,. NSDOCID: <DK 1725438> 45 DK PR 172543 B1, thereby producing 1-N- [1- (-) - 7-amino-α-hydroxybutyryl] ribostamycin, 5 lN- [L - (-) - 7-amino -e-hydroxybutyryl] -3'-deoxyyrbostamycin, 1-N- [L - {-) - 7-amo-no-o-hydroxybutyryl] * 6'-N-methyl ribostamycin, 1N- [L - (-) - 7 -amino-α-hydroxybutyryl] -6'-N- * ethyl-3'-deoxyribostamycin, 1-N- [L - (-) - 7-amino-o-hydroxybutyryl] neomyc in η B, lN- [l - (-) - 7-Amino-o-hydroxybutyryl] -3'-deoxyneomyciη B, 10 N- [L - (-) - 7-Amino-a-hydroxybutyryl] -6'-N-methylneomycline B, 1-N - [1- (-) - 7-Amino-o-hydroxybutyryl] -6'-N-methyl-3'-deoxyneomycline B, 1N- [L - (-) - 7-amino-o-hydroxybutyryl] neomycin c, 1-N- [L - (-) - 7-amino-o-hydroxybutyryl] -3-deoxyneomycin C, 1-N- [L - (-) - 7-amino-o-hydroxybutyryl] -6'-N -methyl neomyc in C, 15 NN- [L - (-) - 7-amino-o-hydroxybutyryl] -6'-N-methyl -3'-deoxyneomycin C, 1-N- [L - (-) - 7 -amino-o-hydroxybutyryl] xylostasin, 1-N- [L - (-) - 7-amino] -α-hydroxybutyryl] -3-deoxyxylostazine, 1-N- [L - (-) - 7-amino-o- hydroxybutyrylJ-6'-N-methylxylostasylin, 1N- [L - (-) - 7-amino] -o-hydroxybutyryl1-6'-N-methyl-3'-deoxyxylostasin, 1N- [L - (-) - γ-amino-α-hydroxybutyryl] paroinomycline I, 1-N- [L - (-) - 7 -amino-o-hydroxybutyryl] -3'-deoxyparomomycin I, 1N- [L - (-) - 7-amine-e-hydroxybutyryl] -3 \ 4'-dideoxyparomomycin I, 1-N- [L - (- ) -7-amino-o-hydroxybutyryl] paromomycin II, 1-N- [L - (-) - 7-amino-o-hydroxybutyryl] -3'-deoxyparomomycin η 11,25 lN- [L - (-) - γ-amtno-α-hydroxybutyryl] -3 ', 4'-dideoxyparomomycin II, 1-N- [L - (-) - 7-amtno-o-hydroxybutyryl] aminoglycoside 2230-C, 1-N- [L- ( -) - 7-Amino-o-hydroxybutyryl] -3'-deoxy-aminoglycoside 2230-C, 1N- [L - (-) - 7-Amino-o-hydroxybutyryl] 11vidomycin A and IN- [1- (-) -7-amino-o-hydroxybutyryl] 11-yldomycin B.

3030

Omsztning af hvert af de ovenfor anførte carbobenzyloxy-beskyttede amlnoglycosid-udgangsmaterlaler på samme måde med L-(-)-0-benzyloxy-carbonylam1no-a-hydroxypropionsyre-N-hydroxy-5-norbornen-2,3-dicarbox-Imidester i stedet for L-(-)-y-benzy1oxycarbony1am1no-o-hydroxysmørsyre-35 N-hydroxy-5-norbornen-2,3-dicarbox1m1desteren frembringer de tilsvarende l-N-[l-(-)-0-amtno-e-hydroxyprop1onyl]amt noglycos1der.Reaction of each of the above carbobenzyloxy protected aminoglycoside starting materials in the same manner with L - (-) - 0-benzyloxy-carbonylamino-α-hydroxypropionic acid N-hydroxy-5-norbornene-2,3-dicarbox-Imide ester instead for the L - (-) - γ-benzyloxycarbonylamino-o-hydroxybutyric acid-N-hydroxy-5-norbornene-2,3-dicarboxylmethyl ester produces the corresponding 1N- [1 - (-) - 0-amino-e-hydroxypropylonyl] amt noglycos1der.

Omsztning af hvert af de ovenfor anførte carbobenzyloxybeskyttede amlnoglycosid-udgangsmaterialer på samme måde med L-(-)-i-benzyloxycar-bonylamino-o-hydroxyvaler1anesyre-N-hydroxy-5-norbornen-2,3- BNSDOCID: <DK 1725438» 46 DK PR 172543 B1 dlcarboxlmldester 1 stedet for L-(-)-T-benzyloxycarbonylamino-o-hydroxysm#rsyre-N-hydroxy-5-norbornen-2,3-dicarbox1nudesteren frembringer de tilsvarende l-N-[L-(-)-6-araino-ot-hydroxyvaleryl]amino-glycosider.Reaction of each of the above carbobenzyloxy protected aminoglycoside starting materials in the same manner with L - (-) - i-benzyloxycarbonylamino-o-hydroxyvaleric acid-N-hydroxy-5-norbornene-2,3-BNS DOCID: <DK 1725438 »46 DK PR 172543 B1 dicarboxyl moiety ester in place of the L - (-) - T-benzyloxycarbonylamino-o-hydroxy acid acid N-hydroxy-5-norbornene-2,3-dicarboxine nudester produces the corresponding 1N- [L - (-) - 6 -araino-ol-hydroxyvaleryl] amino-glycosides.

55

Eksempel 30Example 30

Den generelle fremgangsmåde fra eksempel 1 gentages, bortset fra at 6'-N-carbobenzy1oxykanamyc1n A, som anvendes deri, erstattes med en ækvlmolær mængde af henholdsvis 10 2',3,6'-tr1-(N-carbobenzyloxy)-3',4'-dideoxyri bostamyc1n, 2',3,6'-tri-(N-carbobenzyloxy)-3',4'-dideoxyneoniycin B, 2',3,6'-tri-(M-carbobenzyloxy)-3',4#-dideoxyneomyc1n C og 2',3,6'-tri-(N-carbobenzyloxy)-3',4'-d1deoxylostas1n, 15 og der fremstilles derved henholdsvis 1-N-[L-(-J-y-amlno-a-hydroxybutyryl]-3',4-dideoxyribostamycin, 1 -N- [L - (-) -γ-aalno-a-hydroxybutyryl]-3',4'-dideoxyneomyclη B, 20 l-N-[L-(-)-γ-amino-a-hydroxybutyryl]-3',4'-dideoxyneomycln C og l-N-[L-(-)-7-am1no-e-hydroxybutyryl]-3',4'-dideoxyxy1ostasin.The general procedure of Example 1 is repeated except that 6'-N-carbobenzyloxycanamycline A used therein is replaced by an equimolar amount of 10 2 ', 3,6'-tr1- (N-carbobenzyloxy) -3', respectively. 4'-dideoxyri bostamycin, 2 ', 3,6'-tri- (N-carbobenzyloxy) -3', 4'-dideoxyneoniycin B, 2 ', 3,6'-tri- (M-carbobenzyloxy) -3', 4 # -dideoxyneomycln C and 2 ', 3,6'-tri- (N-carbobenzyloxy) -3', 4'-di-deoxylostasin, 15 thereby producing 1-N- [L - (- Jy-amino-a) -hydroxybutyryl] -3 ', 4-dideoxyribostamycin, 1-N- [L - (-) -γ-aalno-α-hydroxybutyryl] -3', 4'-dideoxyneomyclη B, 20 lN- [L - (-) - γ-amino-α-hydroxybutyryl] -3 ', 4'-dideoxyneomycline C and 1N- [L - (-) - 7-amino-e-hydroxybutyryl] -3', 4'-dideoxyxyostostine.

Omsætning af hvert af de ovenfor anførte 2',3,6'-tri-(N-carbobenzyl oxy) -beskyttede am1noglycos1d-udgangsmater1a1er på samme måde med 25 L-(-)-^-benzyloxycarbonylamino-a-hydroxyproplonsyre-N-hydroxy-5- norbornen-2,3-dicarbox1midester 1 stedet for 1-(-)-γ-benzyloxy-carbonyl-am1no-a-hydroxysmørsyre-N-hydroxy-5-norbornen-2,3-d1carbox1in1desteren frembringer de tilsvarende l-N-[L-(-)-0-am1no-ft-hydroxyprop1onyl]am1no-glycosider.Reaction of each of the above 2 ', 3,6'-tri- (N-carbobenzyl oxy) protected aminoglycoside starting materials in the same manner with 25 L - (-) - ^ - benzyloxycarbonylamino-α-hydroxyproplonic acid N-hydroxy The 5-norbornene-2,3-dicarboxylmidester in place of the 1 - (-) - γ-benzyloxy-carbonyl-amino-α-hydroxybutyric acid-N-hydroxy-5-norbornene-2,3-dicarboxylin ester gives the corresponding 1N- [ L - (-) - 0-am1no-ft-hydroxyprop1onyl] am1no-glycosides.

30 Omsætning af hvert af de ovenfor anførte 2',3,6'-tri-(N-carbo-benzyloxy)-beskyttede amlnoglycosid-udgangsmaterialer på samme måde med L-(-)-i-benzyloxycarbonylami no-a-hydroxyvaler1anesyre-N-hydroxy-5-norbornen-2,3-d1carbox1midester 1 stedet for L-(-)-y-benzyloxy-carbonylam1no-e-hydroxysmørsyre-N-hydroxy-5-norbornen-2,3-dicarbox1mid-35 esteren frembringer de tilsvarende l-N-(L-(-)-£-amino-e-hydroxy-valeryl]am1noglycos1der.Reaction of each of the above 2 ', 3,6'-tri- (N-carbo-benzyloxy) protected aminoglycoside starting materials in the same manner with L - (-) - i-benzyloxycarbonylamino-a-hydroxyvaleric acid-N The hydroxy-5-norbornene-2,3-dicarboxylic acid ester instead of the L - (-) - γ-benzyloxy-carbonylamino-e-hydroxybutyric acid N-hydroxy-5-norbornene-2,3-dicarboxylic acid ester produces the corresponding lN- (L - (-) - £ -amino-e-hydroxy-valeryl] am1noglycos1der.

nwcnnnri 47 DK PR 172543 B1nwcnnnri 47 DK PR 172543 B1

Eksempel 31Example 31

Fremstilling af l-N-fL-M-v-amlno-tt-hydroxybutyryll^'-deQxv-e'-N-methvlkanamycin A (BB-K3111 ved acylering af polvsilyleret 6'-N-benzv1- 3-M-carbobenzv1oxy-4'-deoxy-6'N-niethy1kanamycin A 5 A. 6'-N-carbobenzvloxy-4'-deoxvkanamvcln A oq 3,6'-di-N-carbobenzvloxy-4f-deoxvkanamvcin A Til en omrfrt opløsning af 10,4 g (22,2 mmol) 4'-deoxykanamycln A og 27,5 g (111 mol) Ni(0Ac)2-4H20 1 450 ml ONSO sattes 7,0 g (22,4 10 mmol) af N-hydroxy-5-norbornen-2,3-dicarboximidesteren af benzyloxy-myresyre (Cbz-ONB) ved ca. 10®C, og der omrørtes natten over ved stuetemperatur. Reaktionsblandingen koncentreredes 1 vakuum, hvorved man fik en bl4, olieagtig remanens, som kromatograferedes over "CG-50" harpiks (ΝΗ4*, 500 ml), idet der elueredes med fortyndet ammoniak-vand. De 15 ninhydrin-positive fraktioner opsamlet fra spildet (skyldtes en udsivning af 3,6'di-N-Cbz-derlvatet) og eluatet med 0,1 n ammoniak kombineredes og Inddampedes 1 vakuum. Remanensen rekromatograferedes over "Diaion HR-10" harpiks (400 ml) under anvendelse af vandig methanol som elue-rlngsmlddel til adskillelse af mono- og di-Cbz-derivaterne. 6'-N-Cbz-20 derivatet elueret med 30% vandig methanol krystalliseredes fra HgO-ethanol, hvorved man fik 4,73 g (35%) farveløse krystaller. Smp. 232-233®C. IR(KBr): 1700, 1540, 1275, 1135, 1075, 1040, 770, 750, 695 cm'1.Preparation of 1N-fL-Mv-amino-tt-hydroxybutyryl] -1 - dexoxy-e'-N-methylcanamycin A (BB-K3111 by acylation of polysilylated 6'-N-benzyl-3-M-carbobenzyloxy-4'-deoxy -6'N-Nitylcyanamycin A 5 A. 6'-N-carbobenzyloxy-4'-deoxyquanamycin A and 3,6'-di-N-carbobenzyloxy-4f-deoxycanamycin A To a stirred solution of 10.4 g (22, 2 mmol) of 4'-deoxycanamycline A and 27.5 g (111 moles) of Ni (OAc) 2-4 H2 O in 450 ml of ONSO were added 7.0 g (22.4 10 mmol) of N-hydroxy-5-norbornene-2 The 3-dicarboximide ester of benzyloxy-formic acid (Cbz-ONB) was stirred at about 10 ° C and stirred overnight at room temperature. The reaction mixture was concentrated in 1 vacuum to give a bl4 oily residue which was chromatographed over "CG-50" resin (ΝΗ4 *, 500 ml), eluting with dilute ammonia water, the 15 ninhydrin positive fractions collected from the waste (due to a leakage of 3,6'di-N-Cbz derlvate) and the eluate with 0.1 N ammonia was combined and evaporated in vacuo. The residue was chromatographed over "Diaion HR-10" resin (400 ml) using aqueous methanol as eluent to separate the mono- and di-Cbz derivatives. The 6'-N-Cbz-20 derivative eluted with 30% aqueous methanol was crystallized from HgO-ethanol to give 4.73 g (35%) of colorless crystals. Mp. 232-233®C. IR (KBr): 1700, 1540, 1275, 1135, 1075, 1040, 770, 750, 695 cm -1.

Analyse beregnet for CggH^N^O^.EtOH.^O: C, 51,13; H, 7,51; N, 8,52.Analysis calculated for C CHH ^ NN₂O ^EtOH. ^O: C, 51.13; H, 7.51; N, 8.52.

25 Fundet: C, 51,03; H, 7,31; N, 8,42.Found: C, 51.03; H, 7.31; N, 8.42.

3,6'-di-N-Cbz-der1vatet, elueret med 90% vandig methanol, krystalliseredes fra HgO-methanol, hvorved man fik 3,08 g (18,4%) nile, smp.The 3,6'-di-N-Cbz derivative, eluted with 90% aqueous methanol, was crystallized from HgO-methanol to give 3.08 g (18.4%) of nile, m.p.

220-221«C, IR(KBr): 1690, 1545, 1260, 1135, 1075, 1045, 780, 750, 700 30 cm"1.220-221 ° C, IR (KBr): 1690, 1545, 1260, 1135, 1075, 1045, 780, 750, 700, 30 cm -1.

Analyse beregnet for C34H48N4°i4*H20: C, 54,10; H, 6,68; N, 7,42.Analysis calculated for C34 H48 N4 ° 14 H2 O: C, 54.10; H, 6.68; N, 7.42.

Fundet: C, 54,10; H, 6,69; N, 7,07.Found: C, 54.10; H, 6.69; N, 7.07.

35 B. l.S.a’-tri-N-acetyl-B'-N-carbobenzvlPXV-l'-deoxy-kananycin AB. 1.S.a'-tri-N-acetyl-B'-N-carbobenzylPXV-1'-deoxy-kananycin A

Til en omrørt suspension af 4,70 g (7,8 mmol) 3,6'-di-NCbz-4'-deoxykanamycin A i 240 ml methanol sattes 29 ml (307 mmol) eddikesyre-anhydrid. Blandingen omrørtes natten over ved stuetemperatur og Inddampedes i vakuum, hvorved man fik 5,68 g (100%) af det i overskriften an- BNSDOCID: <OK 172S43B > 48 DK PR 172543 B1 førte tr1-N-acetyl-derivat, smp. 290-291°C (dekomp.), IR(KBr): 1700, 1650, 1550, 1380, 1260, 1140, 1080, 1035, 745, 695 cm'1.To a stirred suspension of 4.70 g (7.8 mmol) of 3,6'-di-NCbz-4'-deoxycanamycin A in 240 ml of methanol was added 29 ml (307 mmol) of acetic anhydride. The mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature and evaporated in vacuo to give 5.68 g (100%) of the title BNS DOCID: <OK 172S43B> 48 DK PR 172543 B1, tr1-N-acetyl derivative, m.p. 290-291 ° C (decomp.), IR (KBr): 1700, 1650, 1550, 1380, 1260, 1140, 1080, 1035, 745, 695 cm -1.

Analyse beregnet for γ·Η,0: C, 51,47; H, 6,75; N. 7,50.Analysis calculated for γ · Η, O: C, 51.47; H, 6.75; N. 7.50.

5 Fundet: C, 51,66; H, 7,13; N, 7,06.Found: C, 51.66; H, 7.13; N, 7.06.

C. 1.3.3"-tri-N-acetrl-4'-deoxykanamvcin AC. 1.3.3 "-Tri-N-acetrl-4'-deoxycanamycin A

En opløsning af 5,5 g (7,6 mmol) 1,3,3"-tri-N-acetyl-6'-N-carbobenzy1oxy-4'-deoxykanamyc1n A i 80 ml 50% vandig ethanol hydrogene-10 redes i 18 timer med 1 g 10% Pd-C ved atmosfcrlsk tryk og stuetemperatur. Katalysatoren fjernedes ved filtrering, og filtratet Inddampedes under reduceret tryk, hvorved man fik 4,49 g (100%) af den 1 overskriften anførte forbindelse. En analytisk prøve fremstilledes ved søjlekromatografi på "Amberlite IRA-410" harpiks (OH') og krystallisation fra 15 H20-methanol, smp. 280-283°C, IR(KBr): 1650, 1550, 1380, 1135, 1080, 1035 cm'1.A solution of 5.5 g (7.6 mmol) of 1,3,3 "tri-N-acetyl-6'-N-carbobenzyloxy-4'-deoxycanamycline A in 80 ml of 50% aqueous ethanol was hydrogenated in 18 hours with 1 g 10% Pd-C at atmospheric pressure and room temperature The catalyst was removed by filtration and the filtrate was evaporated under reduced pressure to give 4.49 g (100%) of the title compound. by column chromatography on "Amberlite IRA-410" resin (OH ') and crystallization from 15 H 2 O methanol, mp 280-283 ° C, IR (KBr): 1650, 1550, 1380, 1135, 1080, 1035 cm -1.

Analyse beregnet for Cj^H^NfO^-NeOH.fcHgO: C, 47,24; H, 7,45; N, 8,81.Analysis calculated for C C HH ^NfO ^ -NeOH.fcHgO: C, 47.24; H, 7.45; N, 8.81.

Fundet: C, 47,61; H, 7,45; N, 8,58.Found: C, 47.61; H, 7.45; N, 8.58.

2020

0. 1.3.3"-tri-N-acetyl-6'-N-benzyl-4*-deoxykanamvcin A0. 1.3.3 "-Tri-N-acetyl-6'-N-benzyl-4 * -deoxycanamycin A

En opløsning af 4,39 g (7,39 mol) 1,3,3"-tri-N-acetyl-4'-deoxykanamycln A og 5 ml benzaldehyd i 60 ml vandig methanol opvarmedes til 60°C 1 30 minutter. Reaktionsblandingen afkøledes, behandledes med 25 4,0 g (106 mol) NaBH^, omrørtes 1 2 dage ved stuetemperatur og Inddampedes 1 vakuum. Den olleagtlge remanens kromatograferedes over "HP-10" harpiks (150 ml) under anvendelse af vandig methanol som eluerlngsmld-del, hvorved man fik 3,86 g (74%) af den 1 overskriften anførte forbindelse og 1,70 g fugtigt udgangsmateriale, som recirkuleredes 1 den samme 30 proces, hvorved man fik yderligere 1,32 g (26%) af den 1 overskriften anførte forbindelse. En analytisk prøve fremstilledes ved rekromatografi pi "HP-10” harpiks og krystallisation fra HgO-ethanol, smp. >300*C, IR(KBr): 3280, 1640, 1555, 1380, 1135, 1080, 1040, 750, 700 cm'1.A solution of 4.39 g (7.39 mole) of 1,3,3 "tri-N-acetyl-4'-deoxycanamycline A and 5 ml of benzaldehyde in 60 ml of aqueous methanol was heated to 60 ° C for 30 minutes. was cooled, treated with 4.0 g (106 mol) of NaBH 3, stirred for 2 days at room temperature and evaporated in vacuo. The oily residue was chromatographed over "HP-10" resin (150 ml) using aqueous methanol as eluent. portion to give 3.86 g (74%) of the title compound and 1.70 g of moist starting material which was recycled in the same process to give an additional 1.32 g (26%) of the 1 An analytical sample was prepared by chromatography on "HP-10" resin and crystallization from HgO-ethanol, m.p. > 300 ° C, IR (KBr): 3280, 1640, 1555, 1380, 1135, 1080, 1040, 750, 700 cm -1.

Analyse beregnet for ; 35 C, 54,38; H, 7,07; N, 8,18.Analysis calculated for; 35 C, 54.38; H, 7.07; N, 8.18.

Fundet: C, 54,01; H. 7,16; N. 7,87.Found: C, 54.01; H. 7.16; N, 7.87.

E. l.3,3"-tr1-N-acetvl-6,-N-benzyl-4>-deoxy-6,-N-niethylkanamyc1n A Til en omrørt opløsning af 3,86 g (5,6 mmol) l,3,3"-tri-N-acetyl- aNsnoon·<·ηκ i7?wsr» 49 DK PR 172543 B1 6'-N-benzyl-4'-deoxykanamycin A og 5,6 ml 37¾ vandig HCHO i 85 ml 95X methanol sattes 850 mg (13,5 mmol) NaBH^CN. Blandingen omrørtes i 4 ti* mer ved stuetemperatur og inddampedes til tørhed. Remanensen kromatogra-feredes over "HP-10" harpiks under anvendelse af vandig methanol som 5 eluerlngsmiddel, hvorved man fik 3,88 g (100¾) af den i overskriften anførte forbindelse. En analytisk prøve opnåedes ved krystallisation fra H20-ethanol, smp. 295-297«C (dekomp.). IR(KBr): 3280, 1645, 1500, 1375, 1145, 1075, 1040, 740, 700 cm'1. NMRfDgO): S i ppm fra DSS, 2,27(3H,s,N-CH3), 7,34(5H,s,Ar-H).E. 1, 3,3 "-tr1-N-acetyl-6, -N-benzyl-4> -deoxy-6, -N-methylphenylamycin A To a stirred solution of 3.86 g (5.6 mmol) 1 , 3,3 "-tri-N-acetyl-aNsnoon · <· ηκ i7? Wsr» 49 DK PR 172543 B1 6'-N-benzyl-4'-deoxycanamycin A and 5.6 ml 37¾ aqueous HCHO in 85 ml 95X methanol was added 850 mg (13.5 mmol) of NaBH 3 CN. The mixture was stirred for 4 hours at room temperature and evaporated to dryness. The residue was chromatographed over "HP-10" resin using aqueous methanol as eluent to give 3.88 g (100¾) of the title compound. An analytical sample was obtained by crystallization from H 2 O-ethanol, m.p. 295-297 ° C (decomp.). IR (KBr): 3280, 1645, 1500, 1375, 1145, 1075, 1040, 740, 700 cm -1. NMR (DgO): S in ppm from DSS, 2.27 (3H, s, N-CH 3), 7.34 (5H, s, Ar-H).

10 Analyse beregnet for ε^Η^Ν^Ο^.^Ο: C, 54,30; H, 7,26; N, 7,92.Analysis calculated for ε ^ Η ^ Ν ^ Ο ^. ^ Ο: C, 54.30; H, 7.26; N, 7.92.

Fundet: C, 54,30; H, 7,33; N, 7,64.Found: C, 54.30; H, 7.33; N, 7.64.

F. S'-N-benzvl-A'-deoxy-S'-N-methvlkanamvcIn A (BB-K312) 15 En blanding af 5,18 g (7,42 mmol) l,3,3"-tri-N-acetyl-6'-N-benzyl-4'-deoxy-6'-N-methylkanamycin A og 15 g NaOH i 80 ml Η?0 til bagesval edes natten over. Blandingen afkøledes, neutraliseredes med kone. HCl og filtreredes for at fjerne uopløseligt materiale. Filtratet indførtes på toppen af en søjle af "CG-50" harpiks (NH^+, 370 ml). Efter vask med 1,5 20 liter vand elueredes søjlen successivt med 2 liter 0,05 n NH^OH og 2 liter 0,1 n NH40H.F. S'-N-benzyl-A'-deoxy-S'-N-methylcanamycin A (BB-K312) A mixture of 5.18 g (7.42 mmol) of 1,3,3 "tri-N -acetyl-6'-N-benzyl-4'-deoxy-6'-N-methylkanamycin A and 15 g of NaOH in 80 mL of valΗ 0 to reflux were added overnight. The mixture was cooled, neutralized with wife, HCl and filtered to The filtrate was introduced on top of a column of "CG-50" resin (NH 2 +, 370 ml). After washing with 1.5 20 liters of water, the column was eluted successively with 2 liters of 0.05 n NH 2 OH and 2 liters of 0.1 n NH 4 OH.

Eluatet, som viste positiv ninhydrin-reaktion, inddampedes, hvorved man fik 3,23 g (76¾) af den i overskriften anførte forbindelse.The eluate, which showed positive ninhydrin reaction, was evaporated to give 3.23 g (76¾) of the title compound.

25 6. 6'-N-benzvl-3-N-benzvloxvcarbonvl-4*-deoxv-6'-N-methvl-kanamvein A6. 6'-N-benzyl-3-N-benzyloxycarbonyl-4 * -deoxy-6'-N-methyl-kanamvein A

Til en omrørt opløsning af 2,94 g (5,14 mmol) 6'-N-benzyl-4'deoxy-6'-N-methylkanamycin A (BB-K312) og 6,37 g (25,7 mmol) Ni(OAc)2*4H20 i 100 ml ONSO sattes 1,62 g (5,20 mmol) Cbz-ONB, og omrøringen fortsattes ved stuetemperatur. Efter 2 dage sattes 72 ml 0,2 m vandig EDTA-opløs-30 ning og 30 ml kone. NH.OH til reaktionsblandingen. Den opnåede blå opløsning Indførtes på toppen af en søjle af "HP-10" harpiks (150 ml). Efter vask med 200 ml 7 n NH^OH efterfulgt af 300 ml H^O elueredes søjlen med 400 ml 80X vandig methanol, hvorved man fik 2,65 g (73¾) af den i overskriften anførte forbindelse. En analytisk prøve fremstilledes ved 35 krystallisation fra methanol, smp. 216-217°C. IR(KBr): 3340, 1690, 1540, 1290, 1135, 1045, 745, 700 cm'1.To a stirred solution of 2.94 g (5.14 mmol) of 6'-N-benzyl-4'deoxy-6'-N-methylkanamycin A (BB-K312) and 6.37 g (25.7 mmol) of Ni (OAc) 2 * 4H 2 O in 100 ml of ONSO was added 1.62 g (5.20 mmol) of Cbz-ONB and stirring was continued at room temperature. After 2 days, 72 ml of 0.2 m aqueous EDTA solution and 30 ml of wife were added. NH.OH to the reaction mixture. The blue solution obtained was introduced on top of a column of "HP-10" resin (150 ml). After washing with 200 ml of 7 n NH 2 OH followed by 300 ml of H 2 O, the column was eluted with 400 ml of 80X aqueous methanol to give 2.65 g (73¾) of the title compound. An analytical sample was prepared by crystallization from methanol, m.p. 216-217 ° C. IR (KBr): 3340, 1690, 1540, 1290, 1135, 1045, 745, 700 cm -1.

Analyse beregnet for C, 57,06; H, 7,18; N, 7,83.Analysis calculated for C, 57.06; H, 7.18; N, 7.83.

Fundet: C, 57,29; H, 7,22; N, 7,58.Found: C, 57.29; H, 7.22; N, 7.58.

BNSDOCID: <DK 172543B > 50 DK PR 172543 B1 H. l-H-fL-(Q-'Y-ain1no-tt-hvdroxvbutyry1l-4>-deoxv-6,-N-methv1kanainvc1n A_(BB-K3111BNS DOCID: <DK 172543B> 50 DK PR 172543 B1 H. 1-H-fL- (Q-'Y-amino-tt-hydroxybutyrryl-4> -deoxy) -6, -N-methylcananecin A_ (BB-K3111

En suspension af 2,49 g (3,53 mmol) 6'-N-benzyl-3-N-benzyl-oxycarbonyl-4'-deoxy-6'-N-methy1kanamycin A og S ni HMDS i 40 ni tor 5 CHjCH til bagesval edes natten over. Oen opnåede klare oplosning kone en* treredes til torhed. Til en omrort oplosning af den olieagtige remanens i 50 ml diethylketon sattes 1,23 g (3,51 nmol) SAE. Blandingen omrortes natten over ved stuetemperatur og Inddampedes i vakuum, hvorved man fik en olieagtig remanens, der behandledes ned HgO-ethanol, indstilledes til 10 pH ca. 3 med 1 n HCl og henstod 1 30 minutter ved stuetemperatur. Denne oplosning indeholdende det acylerede produkt (en lille prove isoleret fra oplosningen viste en carbonyl-absorption ved 1655 cm’1, hvilket skyldtes et amid, hydrogeneredes natten over med 1 g 10% Pd-C ved atmos-feri sk tryk og stuetemperatur. Katalysatoren fjernedes ved filtrering, 15 og filtratet inddampedes i vakuum. Remanensen opløstes 1 en lille mengde vand, og opløsningen indførtes i toppen af en søjle af "CG-50" harpiks (NH^4, 160 ml). Efter vask med 250 ml vand elueredes søjlen successivt ned 250 ml 0,1 η NH^OH, 1 liter 0,2 n NH^OH og endelig 1 liter 0,5 n NH^OH. Eluatet opsamledes i 20-ml fraktioner. Fraktionerne 89-100, som 20 viste positiv ninhydrin-reaktlon, inddampedes 1 vakuum, hvorved man fik en olieagtig remanens. Remanensen blev fast i H^O-ethanol, hvorved man fik 1,255 g krystallinsk produkt og 144 mg af en anden portion, ialt I, 399 g (68%) af det i overskriften anførte produkt, smp. 182-184»C, [a)lZl 93» (c 1, H20).A suspension of 2.49 g (3.53 mmol) of 6'-N-benzyl-3-N-benzyl-oxycarbonyl-4'-deoxy-6'-N-methylcanamycin A and S for back dropping oats overnight. The one achieved clear resolution wife one third to dryness. To a stirred solution of the oily residue in 50 ml of diethyl ketone was added 1.23 g (3.51 nmol) of SAE. The mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature and evaporated in vacuo to give an oily residue, which was treated with HgO-ethanol, adjusted to pH 10. 3 with 1 n HCl and allowed to stand for 30 minutes at room temperature. This solution containing the acylated product (a small sample isolated from the solution showed a carbonyl absorption at 1655 cm -1 due to an amide, was hydrogenated overnight with 1 g of 10% Pd-C at atmospheric pressure and room temperature. was removed by filtration, 15 and the filtrate was evaporated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in a small amount of water and the solution was introduced into the top of a column of "CG-50" resin (NH 4, 160 ml). the column successively down 250 ml of 0.1 η NH 2 OH, 1 liter 0.2 n NH 2 OH and finally 1 liter 0.5 n NH 2 OH. The eluate was collected in 20-ml fractions. Fractions 89-100, which 20 showed positive ninhydrin reaction, evaporated in vacuo to give an oily residue, the residue was solidified in H 2 O-ethanol to give 1.25 g of crystalline product and 144 mg of a second portion, totaling 399 g (68%) of the title product, mp 182-184 ° C, [a) lZl 93 »(c 1, H2 O).

25 Analyse beregnet for C23H45N5°12*^H*H20: C, 46,36; H, 8,25; N, 10,81.Analysis calculated for C 23 H 45 N 5 ° 12 * H * H 2 O: C, 46.36; H, 8.25; N, 10.81.

Fundet: C, 46,37; H, 8,40; N, 10,38.Found: C, 46.37; H, 8.40; N, 10.38.

Dette produkt rekromatograferedes over "CG-50" harpiks (NH4+, 100 30 ml) under anvendelse af carbonatfri vandig ammoniak som elueringsmiddel og krystalliseredes fra H20-methanol-isopropano1, hvorved man fik 927 mg af den i overskriften anførte forbindelse som farveløse nåle, smp. 193-194»C, [e]J2+ 101« (c 1, H20). NMR(020): S i ppm fra DSS, l,37(2H,q,J-12,2-Hax & 4-Hax), 1,86 (4H,m,2-Heq, 4'-Heq & fi-CH2), 35 2,29(3H,s,N-CH·), 4,14(lH,dd,J-8 & 4,5,a-CH), 5,00(lH,d,J-3,5,l'-H), 5,24(lH,d,J«3,5,r-H). IR(KBr): 1640, 1540, 1135, 1080, 1040, 955 cm'1.This product was chromatographed over "CG-50" resin (NH 4 +, 100 30 ml) using carbonate-free aqueous ammonia as eluant and crystallized from H 2 O-methanol-isopropanol to give 927 mg of the title compound as colorless needles, m.p. . 193-194 »C, [e] J2 + 101« (c 1, H2 O). NMR (020): S in ppm from DSS, 1,37 (2H, q, J-12,2-Hax & 4-Hax), 1.86 (4H, m, 2-Heq, 4'-Heq & -CH2), 2.29 (3H, s, N-CH2), 4.14 (1H, dd, J-8 & 4.5, a-CH), 5.00 (1H, d, J- 3.5, 1'-H), 5.24 (1H, d, J '3.5, rH). IR (KBr): 1640, 1540, 1135, 1080, 1040, 955 cm -1.

Analyse beregnet for Ν,-0 2H,0: C, Μ.μΓη; M7, ».*11.30Analysis calculated for Ν, -0 2H, 0: C, Μ.μΓη; M7, ». * 11.30

Fundet: C, 44,85; H, 7,90; N, 11,85.Found: C, 44.85; H, 7.90; N, 11.85.

^Mcnnrin 51 DK PR 172543 B1^ Mcnnrin 51 DK PR 172543 B1

Eksempel 32Example 32

Fremstilling af l-N-fL-M-T-am1no-tt-hvdroxvbutvrvn-4'-deoxykanamyc1n A (BB-K160) ved acvlering af polysilvleret 3.6*-d1-M‘cerbobenzylflxy.-AL·Preparation of 1-N-fL-M-T-amino-tt-hydroxybutyrene-4'-deoxycanamycline A (BB-K160) by acylation of polysilylated 3.6 * -d1-M'cerbobenzylphxy.-AL ·

S deoxykanamvdn AS deoxycarbonamide A

En suspension af 2,27 g (3,08 mmol) 3,6'-di-N-carbobenzyloxy-4'-deoxykanamydn A og 5 ml HHDS i 35 ml tør CH^CN til bagesval edes i 2 dage. Den opnåede klare opløsning koncentreredes i vakuum. Den olieagtige remanens opløstes 1 40 ml tør diethylketon. Til opløsningen sattes 1,08 10 g (3,08 mmol) SAE under omrøring. Blandingen omrørtes natten over ved stuetemperatur og Inddampedes til tørhed. Remanensen behandledes med ethanol-H^O og Indstilledes til pH 3 med 1 n HC1. Efter henstand 1 30 minutter hydrogeneredes den sure opløsning i 3 dage med 1,2 g 10% Pd-C ved atmosfærisk tryk og stuetemperatur. Katalysatoren fjernedes ved 15 filtrering, og filtratet Inddampedes i vakuum. Remanensen opløstes 1 en lille iwngde vand, og opløsningen indførtes 1 toppen af en søjle af ”CG-50” harpiks (NH^+, 130 ml). Efter vask med 500 ml H^O elueredes søjlen successivt med 1 liter 0,2 n NH^OH og 1 liter 0,5 n NH^OH. Eluatet opsaml edes i 20-ml fraktioner. Fraktionerne 79 - 95, som viste positiv 20 ninhydrlnprøve, kombineredes og Inddampedes 1 vakuum, hvorved man fik 1 g (56,IX) af den 1 overskriften anførte forbindelse som et amorft pulver. Produktet krystalliseredes ved hjælp af samme fremgangsmåde som den, der i trin H i Eksempel 31 anvendtes for BB-K311, smp. 179-180°C, [o]2°+ 99® (c 1, H20). IR(KBr): 1640, 1535, 1120, 1065, 1030, 945 25 cm . NMR(D20): é i ppm, l,37(2H,q,J-12,2- 4 4'-Hax), l,86(4H,m,2- & 4'-Heq & 0-CH2), 4,13(lH,dd,J-8 & 4,5,0-CH), 5,02(lH,d,J-3,Γ-Η), 5,28(lH,d,J»3,5,l'-H).A suspension of 2.27 g (3.08 mmol) of 3,6'-di-N-carbobenzyloxy-4'-deoxycanamydn A and 5 ml of HHDS in 35 ml of dry CH 2 CN is refluxed for 2 days. The resulting clear solution was concentrated in vacuo. The oily residue was dissolved in 40 ml of dry diethyl ketone. To the solution was added 1.08 g (3.08 mmol) of SAE with stirring. The mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature and evaporated to dryness. The residue was treated with ethanol-H 2 O and adjusted to pH 3 with 1 n HCl. After standing for 30 minutes, the acidic solution was hydrogenated for 3 days with 1.2 g of 10% Pd-C at atmospheric pressure and room temperature. The catalyst was removed by filtration and the filtrate was evaporated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in a small amount of water and the solution was introduced into the top of a column of "CG-50" resin (NH₂ +, 130 ml). After washing with 500 ml of H 2 O, the column was eluted successively with 1 liter of 0.2 n NH 2 OH and 1 liter 0.5 n NH 2 OH. The eluate was collected in 20-ml fractions. Fractions 79 - 95, which showed a positive 20 ninhydrin sample, were combined and evaporated in vacuo to give 1 g (56, IX) of the title compound as an amorphous powder. The product was crystallized by the same procedure as that used in Step H of Example 31 for BB-K311, m.p. 179-180 ° C, [α] 21 ° + 99 ° (c 1, H 2 O). IR (KBr): 1640, 1535, 1120, 1065, 1030, 945 cm. NMR (D20): δ in ppm, 1.37 (2H, q, J-12.2-4.4'-Hax), 1.86 (4H, m, 2- & 4'-Heq & O-CH2) , 4.13 (1H, dd, J-8 & 4,5,0-CH), 5.02 (1H, d, J-3, Γ-Η), 5.28 (1H, d, J »3 , 5, l'-H).

Analyse beregnet for C22H43N5°12*^Me0H*2H20: C, 43,47; H, 7,95; N, 11,27.Analysis calculated for C 22 H 43 N 5 ° 12 * MeOH * 2H 2 O: C, 43.47; H, 7.95; N, 11.27.

30 Fundet: C, 43,69; H, 7,92; N, 10,91.Found: C, 43.69; H, 7.92; N, 10.91.

BNSDOCID: <DK 172543B>BNS DOCID: <DK 172543B>

Claims (56)

1. Fremgangsmåde til fremstilling af l-N-[«i>-am1no-e-hydroxy-alkanoy1]am1noglycosider med formlen (I) ^ NH, R5 i (i) K RO C=0A process for the preparation of 1-N - [[α] -amino-e-hydroxy-alkanoyl] aminoglycosides of formula (I) NH NH, R 5 in (i) K RO C = 0 2. Fremgangsmåde Ifølge krav 1, KENDETEGNET ved, at det acylerede derivat af syren med formel (XIII) er en aktiv ester eller et blandet 25 syreanhydrid.2. A process according to claim 1, characterized in that the acylated derivative of the acid of formula (XIII) is an active ester or a mixed acid anhydride. 3. Fremgangsmåde Ifølge krav 1 eller 2, KENDETEGNET ved, at den aminoblokerende gruppe pi det acylerende derivat af syren med formel (XIII) er udvalgt blandt grupper med formlerne 30 R20 ^ 0 CH3 0 0 /ΓΛ ii i ii ii (f y---ai2oc-, CH-j-c-o-c- , *2xcc- , 35 "3 RNSOOCin- <DK 172543B 9 55 DK PR 172543 B1 , Q~- O-f- · iQ) o3. A process according to claim 1 or 2, characterized in that the amino blocking group p in the acylating derivative of the acid of formula (XIII) is selected from groups of formulas 30 R20 O 0 CH 3 0 0 / ΓΛ ii in ii ii (f y -ai2oc-, CH-jcoc-, * 2xcc-, 35 "3 RNSOOCin- <DK 172543B 9 55 DK PR 172543 B1, Q ~ - Of- · iQ) o 4. Fremgangsmåde ifølge et hvilket som helst af kravene 1-3, KENDE TEGNET ved, at det acylerende derivat af syren med formel (XIII) er dens aktive ester med N-hydroxysucc1n1m1d, N-hydroxy-5-norbornen-2,3-dicarboximid eller N-hydroxyphthalimid.4. A process according to any one of claims 1-3, characterized in that the acylating derivative of the acid of formula (XIII) is its active ester with N-hydroxysuccin1m1d, N-hydroxy-5-norbornene-2,3- dicarboximide or N-hydroxyphthalimide. 5 J R betegner H eller OH, og 4 20. betegner H, OH eller en pentofuranosylrlng med formlen: Μ0<:|*2 Ov ,<0<iV0\ I ^7 ··' yj OH K O 0,i (IX) (X) 12 30 hvori R betegner H eller en hexopyranosylrlng med formlen ch2nh2 ΛΜ__ο ,,ΛΤΛ ·“· (χΐ) (XU) ' Ai'-irwiirv ^ηκ· ·> 67 DK PR 172543 B1 hvori R13 betegner H eller a-O-mannopyranosyl; under den forudsctning, at når R er forskellig fra H, betegner den ene af grupperne R4 og R5 H og den anden OH; og under den forudsztning, at 3. a 5 når R betegner H, betegner R H og R en pentofuranosylring med formel (IX) eller (X); med silyleringsmidler med formlerne 10 «v r ϊ -----NH K14 NH R15 V\l /R14 16 I ^Sl. / og Ri6-Si-Z 15 r14 \n--Si' \ H \ R \n14 R m L / (XV) (XVI) 20 hvori R15, R16 og R17 er udvalgt blandt hydrogen, halogen, (lavere)al kyl, (lavere)alkoxy, halogen(lavere)alkyl og phenyl, idet 25 «indst én af grupperne R*®, R^ og R^7 er forskellig fra halogen eller hydrogen; R14 betegner (lavere)alkyl, « er et helt tal på 1 til 2, og Z er udvalgt blandt halogen og5 JR represents H or OH, and 4 20. represents H, OH or a pentofuranosylation of the formula: Μ0 <: | * 2 Ov, <0 <iV0 \ I ^ 7 ·· 'yj OH KO 0, i (IX) ( X) wherein R represents H or a hexopyranosyl ring of the formula ch2nh2 ΛΜ__ο ,, ΛΤΛ · “· (χΐ) (XU) ; on the assumption that when R is different from H, one of the groups R4 and R5 represents H and the other OH; and under the premise that 3.a 5 when R represents H, R H and R represent a pentofuranosyl ring of formula (IX) or (X); with silylating agents of the formulas 10 «v r ϊ ----- NH K14 NH R15 V \ l / R14 16 I ^ Sl. / and Ri6-Si-Z 15 r14 \ n - Si '\ H \ R \ n14 R m L / (XV) (XVI) 20 wherein R15, R16 and R17 are selected from hydrogen, halogen, (lower) alkyl , (lower) alkoxy, halogen (lower) alkyl and phenyl, wherein the 25 'moiety of one of the groups R * ®, R ^ and R ^ 7 is different from halogen or hydrogen; R 14 represents (lower) alkyl, 'is an integer of 1 to 2 and Z is selected from halogen and 5 H0 ] CH3 HO I (V) (VI)H0] CH3 HO I (V) (VI) 5 R 9 Q~ · O-f— · 15 o s X,C-CII,-0-C- og . #5 R 9 Q ~ · O-f— · 15 o s X, C-CII, -0-C- and. # 5 R ”2 / NH2 Γ HO vr5 R ”2 / NH2 Γ HO Fri. 5. Fremgangsmåde Ifølge et hvilket som helst af kravene 1-3, KENDE TEGNET ved, at det acylerende derivat af syren med formel (XIII) er dens blandede anhydrid med pivalinsyre, benzoesyre, Isobutylcarbonsyre eller benzylcarbonsyre.5. A process according to any one of claims 1-3, characterized in that the acylating derivative of the acid of formula (XIII) is its mixed anhydride with pivalic acid, benzoic acid, isobutylcarbonic acid or benzylcarbonic acid. 5 R5 R3^\/H2 hvori R2, R3, R4 og R5 har den ovenfor definerede betydning, og son 10 eventuelt indeholder fra 1 til 3 amino-blokerende grupper, som er forskellige fra sllyl på andre amlnogrupper end C-l amlnogruppen, i et organisk opløsningsmiddel, der eventuelt Indeholder op til ca. 40% vand, med et acylerende derivat af en syre med formlen (XIII)Wherein R 2, R 3, R 4 and R 5 have the meaning defined above, and zone 10 optionally contains from 1 to 3 amino-blocking groups which are different from sllyl on amino groups other than the Cl amino group, in an organic solvent, which may contain up to approx. 40% water, with an acylating derivative of an acid of formula (XIII) 5 52 DK PR 172543 B1 ΡΑΙζΝΤΚΜγ5 52 DK PR 172543 B1 ΡΑΙζΝΤΚΜγ 6. Fremgangsmåde ifølge krav 4 eller 5, KENDETEGNET ved, at den amlnoblokerende gruppe på det acylerende derivat af syren med formel (XIII) er carbobenzyloxy, tr1 fluoracetyl eller 1-butoxycarbonyl.6. A process according to claim 4 or 5, characterized in that the amino blocking group on the acylating derivative of the acid of formula (XIII) is carbobenzyloxy, tr1 fluoroacetyl or 1-butoxycarbonyl. 7. Fremgangsmåde Ifølge krav 6, KENDETEGNET ved, at det polysilyle-35 rede amlnoglycosid indeholder fra 1 til 3 amlnoblokerende grupper i form af carbobenzyloxy eller trifluoracetyl på andre amlnogrupper end C-l aminogruppen.7. A process according to claim 6, characterized in that the polysilylated aminoglycoside contains from 1 to 3 aminobloxy groups in the form of carbobenzyloxy or trifluoroacetyl on amino groups other than the C-1 amino group. 8. Fremgangsmåde Ifølge et hvilket som helst af kravene 1-7, KEN0E- BNSDOCIDkDK 172543B > 56 DK PR 172543 B1 TE6NET ved, at sHylgrupperne er trimethylsilylgrupper.Method according to any one of claims 1-7, KENOE-BNSDOCIDkDK 172543B> 56 DK PR 172543 B1 TE6NET in that the sHyl groups are trimethylsilyl groups. 9. Fremgangsmåde ifølge krav 1 til fremstilling af l-N-[L-(-)-u-amino-o-hydroxyalkanoyl)aminoglycosider ned formlen 5 R6 /K nch-r26 Rl° W-- ___ r9 ~^8s\\ / io rI3 M / / c=o */ / HO-CH t-(-) / (C„2,n «24 / 1 R 25 / CH- .s „iA-I'-ox / r22H»A—-----7n\ / 110 / o 20 hvori n er et helt tal på fra 0 til 4, R6 betegner H eller CH3, R® betegner OH eller NH2, R9 betegner H eller OH, R10 betegner H eller OH, R22 betegner H eller CH3, R23 betegner OH eller CH3, R2* betegner H eller OH, R25 betegner H eller CH^OH, og R26 betegner OH, NH2 eller 25 NHCH,; under forudsetning af at når R22 betegner H, betegner R2® CH.OH, *22 9C c og når R betegner CH-, betegner R H, og under forudsstnlng af at når 23 * 2å 23 2A R betegner OH, betegner R H, og når R betegner CHj, betegner R OH, eller farmaceutisk acceptable salte deraf, KENDETEGNET ved, at der som polysllyleret amlnoglycosld benyttes et 30 polysllyleret aminoglycosid, der er frenstillet ud fra et aminoglycosid med formlen 35 ^Msnorin 57 DK PR 172543 B1 R6 „lo'Kj"-1’26 s //,l0^y^Vwl2 ° / / Γ»” / 10 "Y -°\ / -~7χ\ / 1. i / O 15 hvori R6, R8, R9, r10, r22, r23, r24, R25 og R26 har den ovenfor definerede betydning, og som eventuelt indeholder fra 1 til 3 amino- blokerende grupper, som er forskellige fra silyl pi andre amlnogrupper end C-l amlnogruppen, og at der som acylerende derivat benyttes et acylerende 20 derivat af en syre med formlen (XIII) L-(-) B-HN-CH2-(CH2)n-CH-COOH (XIII) OH 25 hvori B og n har den ovenfor definerede betydning.A process according to claim 1 for the preparation of 1N- [L - (-) - u-amino-o-hydroxyalkanoyl) aminoglycosides down the formula 5 R6 / K nch-r26 R1 ° W - ___ r9 ~ 8s rI3 M / / c = o * / / HO-CH t - (-) / (C "2, n" 24/1 R 25 / CH- .s "iA-I'-ox / r22H" A --- --- 7n \ / 110 / o 20 wherein n is an integer of from 0 to 4, R6 represents H or CH3, R® represents OH or NH2, R9 represents H or OH, R10 represents H or OH, R22 represents H or CH3, R23 represents OH or CH3, R2 * represents H or OH, R25 represents H or CH2 OH, and R26 represents OH, NH2 or NHCH, provided that when R22 represents H, R2® represents CH.OH And * when R represents CH-, RH, and provided that when 23 * 2a 23 2A R represents OH, RH represents, and when R represents CH 2, R represents OH, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, by using as a polysllylated aminoglycoside a 30 polysllylated aminoglycoside prepared from an aminoglycoside having to the formula 35 ^ Msnorin 57 DK PR 172543 B1 R6 „lo'Kj" -1'26 s //, l0 ^ y ^ Vwl2 ° / / Γ »" / 10 "Y - ° \ / - ~ 7χ \ / 1. wherein R6, R8, R9, R10, R22, R23, R24, R25 and R26 are as defined above and optionally contain from 1 to 3 amino-blocking groups which are different from silyl in amino groups other than The Cl amino group, and using as an acylating derivative an acylating derivative of an acid of formula (XIII) L - (-) B-HN-CH 2 - (CH 2) n-CH-COOH (XIII) OH 25 wherein B and n has the meaning defined above. 10 UOCIU Λ / \ 7 r2A^ K OH 15 hvori R9 betegner H eller OH, R*® betegner H eller OH, R2® betegner OH, NH2 eller MHCHj, R29 betegner H eller OH, og R30 betegner H, OH eller OR31, hvori R31 betegner en hexopyranosylring med formlen Z0 33 CH2N1I2 I! » η —Μ HjN ] 32 hvori R betegner H eller α-D-mannopyranosyl, og den ene af grupperneWherein R9 represents H or OH, R * ® represents H or OH, R2® represents OH, NH2 or MHCH2, R29 represents H or OH, and R30 represents H, OH or OR31, wherein R31 represents a hexopyranosyl ring of formula Z0 33 CH2N1I2I! »Η -ΜHN] 32 wherein R represents H or α-D-mannopyranosyl, and one of the groups 10 HO j 2 °H j ψ h3chn / /10 HO j 2 ° H j ψ h3chn / / 10 H0V\____ H3C°/\XX_ |W eller H2N νΛ ch3 “ Ί (VII) (VIII) Λ 1 15 hvori R^ betegner H eller CH,;H0V \ ____ H3C ° / \ XX_ | W or H2N νΛ ch3 “Ί (VII) (VIII) Λ 1 wherein R R represents H or CH,; 10 HOCIf, n / \ ts °\/ 2jPj----{ J,30 R OH 15 hvori R9, R10, R26, R29 og R30 har den ovenfor definerede betydning, og som eventuelt Indeholder fra 1 til 3 amlnoblokerende grupper, som er 20 forskellige fra sllyl på andre amlnogrupper end C-l amlnogruppen, og at der som acylerende derivat benyttes et acylerende derivat af en syre med formlen (XIII) l-(-) B-HN-CH2-(CH2)n-CH-C00H (XIII)HOClf, n / \ ts ° \ / 2jPj ---- {J, 30 R OH 15 wherein R9, R10, R26, R29 and R30 are as defined above and optionally contain from 1 to 3 amino blocking groups which are 20 different from sllyl on amino groups other than the Cl amino group, and that as an acylating derivative an acylating derivative of an acid of formula (XIII) 1- (-) B-HN-CH 2 - (CH 2) n-CH-C XIII) 10. Fremgangsmåde ifølge krav 9, KENDETEGNET ved, at det acylerende derivat af syren med formel (XIII) er en aktiv ester eller et blandet 30 syreanhydrid.Process according to claim 9, characterized in that the acylating derivative of the acid of formula (XIII) is an active ester or a mixed acid anhydride. 10 O Λ « 11 X3C-CH2-0-C- og . |l ti o 15 hvori RZ0 og R21 er ens eller forskellige, og hver is*r betegner H, F, Cl, Br, N02, OH, (lavere)alkyl eller (lavere)alkoxy, X betegner Cl, Br, F eller I, og Y betegner H, Cl, Br, F eller I.10 O 11 «11 X3C-CH2-0-C- and. wherein R 2 O and R 21 are the same or different and each is 1 represents H, F, Cl, Br, NO 2, OH, (lower) alkyl or (lower) alkoxy, X represents Cl, Br, F or I and Y represent H, Cl, Br, F or I. 10 I HO-CH (iH2Jn CH, I i nh2 15 hvori n er et helt tal på fra 0 til 4; R2 betegner en hexopyranosyl ring med formlen f r6 R610 in HO-CH (iH2Jn CH, I in nh2 15 wherein n is an integer of from 0 to 4; R2 represents a hexopyranosyl ring of the formula f R6 R6 11. Fremgangsmåde ifølge et hvilket som helst af kravene 9 og 10, KENDETEGNET ved, at den aminoblokerende gruppe p& det acylerende derivat af syren med formel (XIII) er udvalgt blandt grupper med formlerneA process according to any one of claims 9 and 10, characterized in that the amino-blocking group of the acylating derivative of the acid of formula (XIII) is selected from groups of the formulas 12. Fremgangsmåde ifelge et hvilket som helst af kravene 9-11, KEN· DETE6NET ved, at det acylerende derivat af syren med formel (XIII) er dens aktive ester med N-hydroxysucc1n1mfd, N-hydroxy-5-norbornen-2,3- 25 dicarboxlmid eller N-hydroxyphthalimid.A process according to any one of claims 9-11, KEN · DETE6NET in that the acylating derivative of the acid of formula (XIII) is its active ester with N-hydroxysuccin1mfd, N-hydroxy-5-norbornene-2,3 - dicarboxylmide or N-hydroxyphthalimide. 13. Fremgangsmåde ifølge et hvilket som helst af kravene 9-11, KENDETEGNET ved, at det acylerende derivat af syren med formel (XIII) er dens blandede anhydrld med plvalinsyre, benzoesyre, Isobutylcarbonsyre 30 eller benzylcarbonsyre.A process according to any one of claims 9-11, characterized in that the acylating derivative of the acid of formula (XIII) is its mixed anhydride with plvalic acid, benzoic acid, isobutylcarbonic acid 30 or benzylcarbonic acid. 14. Fremgangsmåde Ifølge krav 12 eller 13, KENDETEGNET ved, at den aminoblokerende gruppe på det acylerende derivat af syren med formel (XIII) er carbobenzyloxy, tri fluoracetyl eller -t-butoxycarbonyl. 35A process according to claim 12 or 13, characterized in that the amino-blocking group on the acylating derivative of the acid of formula (XIII) is carbobenzyloxy, trifluoroacetyl or -t-butoxycarbonyl. 35 15 NET ved, at silylgrupperne er trimethylsilylgrupper.15 NET knows that the silyl groups are trimethylsilyl groups. 15 HO I / O hvori R22 betegner H eller CHj, og R28 betegner H eller CHj. 20HO I / O wherein R 22 represents H or CH 2 and R 28 represents H or CH 2. 20 15. Fremgangsmåde ifølge krav 14, KENDETEGNET ved, at det polysily-lerede aminoglycosid indeholder fra 1 til 3 aminoblokerende grupper 1 form af carbobenzyloxy eller trifluoracetyl pi andre amlnogrupper end ΟΙ amlnogruppen. .»Nsoorm· 59 DK PR 172543 B115. A process according to claim 14, characterized in that the polysilylated aminoglycoside contains from 1 to 3 amino blocking groups in the form of carbobenzyloxy or trifluoroacetyl in amino groups other than the ΟΙamino group. . »Nsoorm · 59 DK PR 172543 B1 15 B-HN-CH2-(CH2)n-CH-COOH (XIII) OH hvori B betegner en amino-bl okerende gruppe, og n har den ovenfor 20 definerede betydning; og at man derefter fjerner alle blokerende grupper.B-HN-CH 2 - (CH 2) n-CH-COOH (XIII) OH wherein B represents an amino-blocking group and n has the meaning defined above; and then removing all blocking groups. 16. Fremgangsmåde ifølge et hvilket som helst af kravene 9-15, KENDETEGNET ved, at silylgrupperne er trimethylsilylgrupper.Process according to any one of claims 9-15, characterized in that the silyl groups are trimethylsilyl groups. 17. Fremgangsmåde ifølge krav 1 til fremstilling af l-N-[L-(-)-u- amino-hydroxyalkanoyl)aminoglycosider med formlen r27-chnh-r28 NH, 10 /viU h2n »0/ \ HO / . / C=0 / / HO-CI1 L-(-) 15 -—’Q / <CH2)n HjCHN-^--/ T2 HO 1/ NH, O 2 20 eller et farmaceutisk acceptabelt salt deraf, hvori n betegner et helt tal på fra 0 til ♦ , R2^ betegner H eller CHV og R28 betegner H eller ch3, KENDETEGNET ved, at der som polysllyleret amlnoglycosid benyttes et polysilyleret amlnoglycosid, der er fremstillet ud fra et amlnoglycosid 25 med formlen r27-chnh-R28 nh2 30 -Λ H2N \ -----1W Oil / X==\ / 35 h3chn'^7n\ / «ο y BNSDOCID; <DK 172543B > 60 DK PR 172543 B1 P7 pe hvori R og R har den ovenfor definerede betydning, og som indeholder 2 eller 3 amlnoblokerende grupper, so· er forskellige fra silyl på andre anlnogrupper end C-l aminogruppen, og at der som acylerende derivat benyttes et acylerende derivat af en syre med formlen (XIII) 5 L-(-) B-HN-CH2-(CH2)n-CH-C00H (XIII) OH 10 hvori B og n har den ovenfor definerede betydning.A process according to claim 1 for the preparation of 1-N- [L - (-) - u -amino-hydroxyalkanoyl) aminoglycosides of the formula r27-chnh-r28 NH, 10 / vi2 h2n »0 / \ HO /. / C = O / / HO-Cl 1 L - (-) 15 - - Q / <CH 2) n HjCHN - ^ - / T 2 HO 1 / NH, O 2 20 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein n represents a represents numbers from 0 to ♦, R 30 -Λ H2N \ ----- 1W Oil / X == \ / 35 h3chn '^ 7n \ / «ο y BNSDOCID; <DK 172543B> 60 DK PR 172543 B1 P7 pe wherein R and R have the meaning defined above and which contain 2 or 3 amino blocking groups, are different from silyl on other amino groups than the C1 amino group and that acylating derivative is used an acylating derivative of an acid of formula (XIII) L - (-) B-HN-CH2 - (CH2) n-CH-C00H (XIII) OH 10 wherein B and n have the meaning defined above. 18. Fremgangsmåde i felge krav 17, KENOETEGNET ved, at det acylerende derivat af syren med formel (XIII) er en aktiv ester eller et blandet syreanhydrid. 1518. A process according to claim 17, characterized in that the acylating derivative of the acid of formula (XIII) is an active ester or a mixed acid anhydride. 15 19. Fremgangsmåde Ifølge krav 17 eller 18, KENDETEGNET ved, at den amlnoblokerende gruppe på det acylerende derivat af syren med formel (XIII) er udvalgt blandt grupper med formlerne _20 20 * ,-v O CK, O O ii i 3 ii ii (f y----ch2oc-, ch3-c-o-c- , y2xcc- , r21^K=z/ ch3 o Q--' O-T-..... ” o o 35 » X,C-CH,-0-C- og V-N. ^ II o OCID: <DK 177643B. 61 DK PR 172543 B1 20 21 hvori R og R er ens eller forskellige, og hver især betegner H, F, Cl, Br, NO^, OH, (lavere)alkyl eller (lavere)alkoxy, X betegner Cl, Br, F eller I, og Y betegner H, Cl, Br, F eller I.A process according to claim 17 or 18, characterized in that the amino blocking group on the acylating derivative of the acid of formula (XIII) is selected from groups of formulas _20 20 *, -v O CK, OO ii in 3 ii ii (f y ---- ch2oc-, ch3-coc-, y2xcc-, r21 ^ K = z / ch3 o Q-- 'OT -..... ”oo 35» X, C-CH, -0-C- and VN. II OCID: <DK 177643B. 61 DK PR 172543 B1 20 21 wherein R and R are the same or different and each represents H, F, Cl, Br, NO 2, OH, (lower) alkyl or (lower) alkoxy, X represents Cl, Br, F or I, and Y represents H, Cl, Br, F or I. 20 H O »o 21 hvori R og R er ens eller forskellige, og hver isår betegner H, F, Cl, Br, N02, OH, (lavere)al kyl eller (lavere)alkoxy, X betegner Cl, Br, F eller I, og Y betegner H, Cl, Br, F eller I. 25Wherein R and R are the same or different and each ice year represents H, F, Cl, Br, NO2, OH, (lower) alkyl or (lower) alkoxy, X represents Cl, Br, F or I and Y represents H, Cl, Br, F or I. 25 20. Fremgangsmåde ifølge et hvilket som helst af kravene 17-19, KENDETEGNET ved, at det acylerende derivat af syren med formel (XIII) er dens aktive ester med N-hydroxysuccin1mid, N-hydroxy-5-norbornen-2,3-dicarboximid eller N-hydroxyphthalimid.A process according to any one of claims 17-19, characterized in that the acylating derivative of the acid of formula (XIII) is its active ester with N-hydroxysuccinimide, N-hydroxy-5-norbornene-2,3-dicarboximide or N-hydroxyphthalimide. 20 R10^V\ CHNHR7 J.H0M CHNHR7 1ΖΓ°ν r1°x\n^—-o - TV 25 (II) (III) (IV) hvori R® betegner H eller CH^, R7 betegner H eller CH^, R® betegner OH eller HH^, R® betegner H eller OH, og R*® betegner H eller OH; R3 30 betegner H eller en hexopyranosylrlng med formlen Γ „,n^—'-Λ 35 2 7 Λ ' --- ' H0 1 CH3 »o I (V) cVI) ^NSDOCID <OK 172543B > 53 DK PR 172543 B1 . S, uo^ ·“« (vri) (vin) 2 I 10 hvori R11 betegner H eller CH3; R5 betegner H eller OH, og R* betegner H, OH eller en pentofuranosylring ned formlen » hccl>°"-4 v_7 — >-/ OH Ri20 OH (IX) ,xl 20 hvori R1Z betegner H eller en hexopyranosylring med formlen CH2nh2 ..... .“-V-K Αη * ,jA (XI) (XII) 30 hvori R*3 betegner H eller o-D-mannopyranosyl; 3 under den forudsctnlng, at nir R er forskellig fra H, betegner i c den ene af grupperne R og R H og den anden OH; og under den forud-3 5 4 setning, at nir R betegner H, betegner R H og R en pentofuranosylring med formel (IX) eller (X), eller farmaceutisk acceptable 35 syreadditionssalte deraf; KENDETEGNET ved, at man omsetter et polysllyleret aminoglycosid, der er fremstillet ud fra et aminoglycosid med formlen (XIV) BNSDOCID: <DK 172543B » 54 DK PR 172543 B1 yw nh2 -> (XIV)R10 is V \ CHNHR7 J.HOM CHNHR7 1ΖΓ ° ν r1 ° x \ n ^ - - o - TV 25 (II) (III) (IV) wherein R® represents H or CH 2, R 7 represents H or CH 2, R® represents OH or HH ^, R® represents H or OH, and R * ® represents H or OH; R3 represents H or a hexopyranosylation of the formula Γ,, n ^ —'- Λ 35 2 7 Λ '---' H0 1 CH3 »O I (V) cVI) NS NSDOCID <OK 172543B> 53 DK PR 172543 B1. S, uo ^ · «« (twist) (wine) 2 In 10 wherein R11 represents H or CH3; R 5 represents H or OH and R * represents H, OH or a pentofuranosyl ring down the formula "hccl> °" -4 v_7 -> - / OH R 1 O 2 OH (IX), xl 20 wherein R1Z represents H or a hexopyranosyl ring of formula CH2nh2. .... "- VK Αη *, jA (XI) (XII) 30 wherein R * 3 represents H or oD-mannopyranosyl; 3 under the assumption that nir R is different from H, ic represents one of the groups R and RH and the other OH; and under the precedent that n R represents H, RH and R represent a pentofuranosyl ring of formula (IX) or (X), or pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts thereof; a polysyllylated aminoglycoside prepared from an aminoglycoside of formula (XIV) BNS DOCID is reacted: <DK 172543B »54 DK PR 172543 B1 yw nh2 -> (XIV) 21. Fremgangsmåde ifølge et hvilket som helst af kravene 17-19, KENDETE6NET ved, at det acylerende derivat af syren med formel (XIII) er dens blandede anhydrid med plvalinsyre, benzoesyre, isobutylcarbonsyre eller benzylcarbonsyre.A process according to any one of claims 17-19, characterized in that the acylating derivative of the acid of formula (XIII) is its mixed anhydride with plvalic acid, benzoic acid, isobutylcarboxylic acid or benzyl carboxylic acid. 22. Fremgangsmåde ifølge krav 20 eller 21, KENDETEGNET ved, at den amlnoblokerende gruppe på det acylerende derivat af syren med formel (XIII) er carbobenzyloxy, trifluoracetyl eller -i-butoxycarbonyl.A process according to claim 20 or 21, characterized in that the amino blocking group on the acylating derivative of the acid of formula (XIII) is carbobenzyloxy, trifluoroacetyl or -butoxycarbonyl. 23. Fremgangsmåde ifølge krav 22, KENDETEGNET ved, at det polysily-20 lerede aminoglycosid indeholder 2 eller 3 aminoblokerende grupper 1 form af carbobenzyloxy eller trifluoracetyl på andre aminogrupper end C-l aminogruppen.A process according to claim 22, characterized in that the polysilylated aminoglycoside contains 2 or 3 amino blocking groups in the form of carbobenzyloxy or trifluoroacetyl on amino groups other than the C-1 amino group. 24. Fremgangsmåde ifølge et hvilket som helst af kravene 17-23,The method of any of claims 17-23, 25 Cl, Br, NO^, OH, (lavere)alkyl eller (lavere)alkoxy, X betegner Cl, Br, F eller I, og Y betegner H, Cl, Br, F eller I, pi andre amlnogrupper end C-l amlnogruppen.Cl, Br, NO 2, OH, (lower) alkyl or (lower) alkoxy, X represents Cl, Br, F or I, and Y represents H, Cl, Br, F or I, in amino groups other than the C-1 amino group. 25 I OH hvori B og n har den ovenfor definerede betydning.In OH wherein B and n have the meaning defined above. 25. Fremgangsmåde ifølge krav 1 til fremstilling af l-N-[L-(-)-w-amino-a-hydroxyalkanoylJamlnoglycosider med formlen 30 35 BNSDOCID: <DK 172S43B» 62 DK PR 172543 B1 •Vir" Γ / H0 C=0 / I / HO-CH L-(-) 10 iii,j’n x γ ί"2 R I I nh, R30 Oli 15 hvert n betegner et helt tal pi fra 0 til 4, R9 betegner H eller OH, R*° betegner H eller OH, R26 betegner OH, NH2 eller NHCH^, R29 betegner H 20 eller OH, og R30 betegner H, OH eller OR31, hvori R31 betegner en hexopyranosylring ned formlen „33 η2ν I 30 32 hvori R betegner H eller α-D-mannopyranosyl, og den ene af grupperne 33 34 R og R betegner H og den anden CHgNHg; under forudsmtnlng af at nir R29 betegner H, betegner R30 OH eller OR31, og at nir R29 betegner OH, 35 betegner R30 H, eller farmaceutisk acceptable syreadditionssalte deraf; KENDETEGNET ved, at der som polysllyleret aminoglycosid benyttes polysilyleret aminoglycosid, der er fremstillet ud fra et aminoglycosid med formlen . ^SDOCIO <Γ»Κ 172S43B> 63 DK PR 172543 B1 /K CH2-R26 ^±-r\The process of claim 1 for the preparation of 1N- [L - (-) - w -amino-α-hydroxyalkanoylamino] glycosides of formula 30 BNS DOCID: <DK 172S43B »62 DK PR 172543 B1 I / HO-CH L - (-) 10 iii, x x γ ί "2 RII nh, R30 Oli 15 each n represents an integer pi from 0 to 4, R9 represents H or OH, R * ° represents H or OH, R26 represents OH, NH2 or NHCH2, R29 represents H 20 or OH, and R30 represents H, OH or OR31, wherein R31 represents a hexopyranosyl ring down the formula "33 η2ν I 32 32 wherein R represents H or α-D mannopyranosyl, and one of the groups 33 34 R and R represents H and the other CHgNHg; assuming that nir R29 represents H, R30 represents OH or OR31 and that nir R29 represents OH, R30 represents H, or pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts thereof; CHARACTERISTICS: By using as a polysyllylated aminoglycoside, a polysilylated aminoglycoside prepared from an aminoglycoside of the formula is used. ^ SDOCIO <Γ »Κ 172S43B> 63 DK PR 172543 B1 / K CH2-R26 ^ ± -r \ 25 KENDETEGNET ved, at silylgrupperne er trimethylsilylgrupper.THE CHARACTERISTICS OF THE SULYL GROUPS are trimethylsilyl groups. 26. Fremgangsmåde Ifølge krav 25, KENDETEGNET ved, at det acyleren de derivat af syren med formel (XIII) er en aktiv ester eller et blandet syreanhydrid.Process according to claim 25, characterized in that the acylated de derivative of the acid of formula (XIII) is an active ester or a mixed acid anhydride. 27. Fremgangsmåde ifølge krav 25 eller 26, KENDETEGNET ved, at den 35 amlnoblokerende gruppe på det acylerende derivat af syren med formel (XIII) er udvalgt blandt grupper med formlerne BNSDOCID: <OK 172S43B > 64 DK PR 172543 B1 R20 _ O CH, O 0 y^S--CIljOC-, CHj-C-O-C- . *2xcc- . 21^\=/ CH3A process according to claim 25 or 26, characterized in that the 35 amino blocking group on the acylating derivative of the acid of formula (XIII) is selected from the groups of formulas BNS DOCID: <OK 172S43B> 64 DK PR 172543 B1 R20 _ O CH, O 0 y ^ S - CIljOC-, CHj-COC-. * 2xcc-. 213 = / CH3 28. Fremgangsmåde ifølge krav 27, KENDETEGNET ved, at det acylerende derivat af syren med formel (XIII) er dens aktive ester med N-hydroxysucclnimid, N-hydroxy-5-norbornen-2,3-dicarbox1m1d eller N-hydroxyphthalimid. 3028. A process according to claim 27, characterized in that the acylating derivative of the acid of formula (XIII) is its active ester with N-hydroxysuccinimide, N-hydroxy-5-norbornene-2,3-dicarboxylmid or N-hydroxyphthalimide. 30 29. Fremgangsmåde ifølge krav 27, KENDETEGNET ved, at det acylerende derivat af syren med forrmel (XIII) er dens blandede anhydrid med pi-vallnsyre, benzoesyre, isobutylcarbonsyre eller benzylcarbonsyre.29. A process according to claim 27, characterized in that the acylating derivative of the acid of formula (XIII) is its mixed anhydride with pallic acid, benzoic acid, isobutylcarbonic acid or benzylcarbonic acid. 30 NET ved, at s1lylgrupperne er trlmethylsilylgrupper.30 NET knows that the syllyl groups are trimethylsilyl groups. 30 R33 og R3* betegner H og den anden CHgNHgi under forudsetning af at når R29 betegner H, betegner R3® OH eller OR3*, og at når R29 betegner OH, betegner R3® H.R33 and R3 * denote H and the other CHgNHgi, provided that when R29 represents H, R3 represents OH or OR3 * and that when R29 represents OH, R3 represents H. 30 -N ^R19 u 10 hvori R betegner hydrogen eller (lavere)alkyl, og R betegner hydrogen, (lavere)al kyl eller 35 r15 -ii- BNSDOOID <DK 172543B > 68 DK PR 172543 B1 hvori R^, R16 og R^7 har den ovenfor definerede betydning, og oai ønsket ved Indføring af 1-3 amlnoblokerende grupper Med formlerne R20 __ O CH3 O O 5 --c" 2°^"' CH3-C-0-C- , »2XCC- . u21 3 o Q-- o-j·- · o o 20 ίί X3C-CU2-0-C- 09 IH ^ ίί o 20 21 hvori R og R er ens eller forskellige, og hver 1s*r betegner H, F,Wherein R represents hydrogen or (lower) alkyl and R represents hydrogen, (lower) alkyl or R 15 -15- BNSDOOID <DK 172543B> 68 DK PR 172543 B1 wherein R 1, R 16 and R ^ 7 has the meaning defined above, and is also desired by the introduction of 1-3 amino-blocking groups of formulas R20 __ O CH3 OO 5 -c "2 ° ^" 'CH3-C-O-C-, 2XCC-. u21 3 o Q-- o-j · - · o o 20 ίί X3C-CU2-0-C- 09 IH ^ ίί o 20 21 wherein R and R are the same or different and each 1s * r represents H, F, 30. Fremgangsmåde ifølge et hvilket som helst af kravene 25-29, KENOETEGNET ved, at den amlnoblokerende gruppe på det acyl erende derivat af syren med formel (XIII) er carbobenzyloxy, trifluoracetyl eller t-butoxycarbonyl. R^SDOCID: <DK 17P543B > 65 DK PR 172543 B1A process according to any one of claims 25-29, characterized in that the amino blocking group on the acylating derivative of the acid of formula (XIII) is carbobenzyloxy, trifluoroacetyl or t-butoxycarbonyl. R ^ SDOCID: <DK 17P543B> 65 DK PR 172543 B1 31. Fremgangsmåde ifølge krav 30, KENDETEGNET ved, at det polysily-lerede amlnoglycosid indeholder fra 1 til 3 aminoblokerende grupper i form af carbobenzyloxy eller tri fluoracetyl på andre amlnogrupper end ΟΙ aminogruppen. 531. A process according to claim 30, characterized in that the polysilylated aminoglycoside contains from 1 to 3 amino blocking groups in the form of carbobenzyloxy or trifluoroacetyl on amino groups other than the rupp amino group. 5 32. Fremgangsmåde ifølge krav 25-31, KENDETEGNET ved, at silylgrup-perne er trlmethylsilylgrupper.32. A process according to claims 25-31, characterized in that the silyl groups are trimethylsilyl groups. 33. Polysilyleret aminoglycosid med 2*10 silylgrupper til anvendel* 10 se som udgangsstof ved udøvelse af den i krav 1 omhandlede fremgangsmåde til fremstilling af l-N-[w-affl1no-a-hydroxyalkanoyl]aminoglycosider med den angivne formel (I), KENDETEGNET ved, at det er fremstillet ved omsætning af et aminoglycosid med formlen (XIV) 15 r4'U7"^,,B2 r RO 20 2 hvori R betegner en hexopyranosylrlng med formlen: r10W"K',R7 ^ Ihoh f-»7 .....* (II) (III) (IV) 35 hvori R6 betegner H eller CH3, R7 betegner H eller CH3, R8 betegner OH eller NHZ, R9 betegner H eller OH, og R10 betegner H eller OH; R3 betegner H eller en hexopyranosylring med formlen: BNSDOC1D: <OK 172543B > 66 DK PR 172543 B1 H2 ^ 7n\ , UN*33. Polysilylated aminoglycoside having 2 * 10 silyl groups for use * 10 as a starting material in the practice of the process of claim 1 for the preparation of 1N- [w-afflino-α-hydroxyalkanoyl] aminoglycosides of the formula (I), wherein it is prepared by reacting an aminoglycoside of formula (XIV) wherein R represents a hexopyranosyl ring of formula: r10W "K", R7 ^ Ihoh f- »7.. ... * (II) (III) (IV) wherein R6 represents H or CH3, R7 represents H or CH3, R8 represents OH or NHZ, R9 represents H or OH, and R10 represents H or OH; R3 represents H or a hexopyranosyl ring of the formula: BNSDOC1D: <OK 172543B> 66 DK PR 172543 B1 H2 ^ 7n \, UN * 34. Polysllyleret amlnoglycosld Ifølge krav 33, KENDETEGNET ved, at 30 det indeholder et gennemsnitligt antal sllylgrupper pr. molekyle pi fra 3 til B.34. Polysllylated aminoglycoside According to claim 33, characterized in that it contains an average number of sllyl groups per cell. molecule pi from 3 to B. 35. Polysllyleret amlnoglycosld ifølge krav 33 eller 34, KENDETEGNET ved, at silylgrupperne er trimethylsilylgrupper. 35The polysyllylated aminoglycoside according to claim 33 or 34, characterized in that the silyl groups are trimethylsilyl groups. 35 35 R20 —λ ,? CH3 0 0 C \-ch2oc-, ch -c-o-c- . Y xcc- , r21^A=/ CH3 BNSDOCID: <DK 172543B> 58 DK PR 172543 B1 G . Q~ O-f- ' >»2 o 10 o li f' X3C-CH2-0-C- og -I jl VGN..^ II 15 0 20 21 hvori R og R er ens eller forskellige, og hver ismr betegner H, F, Cl, Br, NOg, OH, (lavere)alkyl eller (lavere)alkoxy, X betegner Cl, Br, 20. eller I, og Y betegner H, Cl, Br, F eller I.35 R20 —λ,? CH3 0 0 C \ -ch2oc-, ch -c-o-c-. Y xcc-, r21 ^ A = / CH3 BNS DOCID: <DK 172543B> 58 DK PR 172543 B1 G. Q ~ Of- '> »2 o 10 o li f' X3C-CH2-0-C- and -I jl VGN .. ^ II 15 0 20 21 wherein R and R are the same or different and each ismr represents H, F, Cl, Br, NOg, OH, (lower) alkyl or (lower) alkoxy, X represents Cl, Br, 20. or I, and Y represents H, Cl, Br, F or I. 36. Polysllyleret amlnoglycosld ifølge et hvilket som helst af kravene 33-35, KEM)ETE6NET ved, at de amlnoblokerende grupper er carbo-benzyloxy- eller tri fluoracetylgrupper. HNsnorin ,ηκ ι7·>μιβ » 69 DK PR 172543 B1The polysyllylated aminoglycoside according to any one of claims 33-35, KEM) ETE6NET, in that the amino blocking groups are carbo-benzyloxy or trifluoroacetyl groups. HNsnorin, ηκ ι7 ·> μιβ »69 DK PR 172543 B1 37. Polysllyleret aminoglycosid Ifølge krav 33, KENDETEGNET ved, at det er fremstillet ved omsætning af et aminoglycosid med formlen 5 »* 10 1 / / lv' o/ / r2-1 ^ / IS --"°\ / „"...Λ—-τΛ / no / o 20 hvori R6 betegner H eller CH3, R® betegner OH eller NHg, R9 betegner H eller OH, R10 betegner H eller OH, R22 betegner H eller CHj, R23 betegner OH eller CH3, R2* betegner H eller OH, R2® betegner H eller CH20H, og R26 betegner OH, NH^ eller NHCHj*. under forudsætning af, at 25 når R22 betegner H, betegner R25 CH20H, og når R22 betegner CH3, betegner R2® H; og under forudsætning af, at når R23 betegner OH, betegner R2< H, og når R23 betegner CH3, betegner R2* OH.37. Polysyllylated aminoglycoside According to claim 33, characterized in that it is prepared by reaction of an aminoglycoside of the formula 5 "* 10 1 / / lv 'o / / r2-1 ^ / IS -" ° \ / "" .. Wherein R6 represents H or CH3, R® represents OH or NHg, R9 represents H or OH, R10 represents H or OH, R22 represents H or CH2, R23 represents OH or CH3, R2 * represents H or OH, R2® represents H or CH2 OH, and R26 represents OH, NH4 or NHCH2 *. provided that when R 22 represents H, R 25 represents CH 2 OH and when R 22 represents CH 3, R 2 represents H; and provided that when R23 represents OH, R2 represents <H, and when R23 represents CH3, R2 represents OH. 38. Polysllyleret aminoglycosid Ifølge krav 37, KENDETEGNET ved, at 30 det indeholder et gennemsnitligt antal sllylgrupper pr. molekyle på fra 3 til 8.38. Polysllylated aminoglycoside According to claim 37, characterized in that it contains an average number of sllyl groups per molecule of from 3 to 8. 39. Polysllyleret aminoglycosid Ifølge krav 37 eller 38, KENDETEGNET ved, at silylgrupperne er trimethylsilylgrupper. 3539. Polysyllylated aminoglycoside According to claim 37 or 38, characterized in that the silyl groups are trimethylsilyl groups. 35 40. Polysilyleret aminoglycosid Ifølge et hvilket som helst af kravene 37-39, KENDETEGNET ved, at de amlnoblokerende grupper er carbo-benzyloxy- eller trifluoracetylgrupper. BNSOOCID: <DK 172543B > 70 DK PR 172543 B140. Polysilylated aminoglycoside According to any one of claims 37-39, characterized in that the amino blocking groups are carbo-benzyloxy or trifluoroacetyl groups. BNSOOCID: <DK 172543B> 70 DK PR 172543 B1 41. PolysHyleret aminoglycosid Ifølge krav 33, KENDETEGNET ved, at det er fremstillet ved omsætning af et aminoglycosid med formlen 5 57 28 R^-CHNH-R H,N L/ \ 2 _ \ ^^7N\ / Nii41. Polysylated aminoglycoside According to Claim 33, characterized in that it is prepared by reacting an aminoglycoside of formula 5 57 28 R 1 -CHNH-R H, N L / \ 2 _ \ ^^ 7N \ / Nii 42. Polysilyleret aminoglycosid Ifølge krav 41, KENDETEGNET ved, at det Indeholder et gennemsnitligt antal sllylgrupper pr. molekyle pi fra 3 til 8.42. Polysilylated aminoglycoside According to claim 41, characterized in that it contains an average number of sllyl groups per molecule pi from 3 to 8. 43. Polysilyleret aminoglycosid Ifølge krav 41 eller 42, KENDETEG NET ved, at silylgrupperne er trlmethylsllylgrupper.43. Polysilylated aminoglycoside According to claim 41 or 42, KENDETEG NET knows that the silyl groups are trimethylslyl groups. 44. Polysilyleret aminoglycosid Ifølge et hvilket som helst af kravene 41 - 43, KENDETEGNET ved, at de amlnoblokerende grupper er carbo- 30 benzyloxy- eller trlfluoracetylgrupper.44. Polysilylated aminoglycoside According to any one of claims 41 - 43, characterized in that the amino blocking groups are carbobenzyloxy or trifluoroacetyl groups. 45. Polysilyleret aminoglycosid ifølge krav 33, KENDETEGNET ved, at det er fremstillet ved omsætning af et aminoglycosid med formlen 35 >.gSDOrin· -rOK 172543B > 71 DK PR 172543 B1 / vr45. Polysilylated aminoglycoside according to claim 33, characterized in that it is prepared by reacting an aminoglycoside of the formula 35> .gSDOrin · -OK 172543B> 71 DK PR 172543 B1 / vr 46. Polysllyleret aminoglycosid ifølge krav 45, KENDETEGNET ved, at 35 det indeholder et gennemsnitligt antal silylgrupper pr. molekyle på fra 3 til 8.46. A polysyllylated aminoglycoside according to claim 45, characterized in that it contains an average number of silyl groups per cell. molecule of from 3 to 8. 47. Polysilyleret aminoglycosid ifølge krav 45 eller 46, KENDETEG- BNSDOCID: <DK 172543Β» 72 DK PR 172543 B1 NET ved, at silylgrupperne er trimethylsilylgrupper.47. Polysilylated aminoglycoside according to claim 45 or 46, CHARACTERISTIC BNS DOCID: <DK 172543Β »72 DK PR 172543 B1 NET in that the silyl groups are trimethylsilyl groups. 48. Polysilyleret aminoglycosid ifølge et hvilket som helst af kra-vene 45-47, KENDETEGNET ved, at de aminoblokerende grupper er carboben- 5 zyloxy- eller tri fluoracetylgrupper.48. Polysilylated aminoglycoside according to any one of claims 45-47, characterized in that the amino blocking groups are carbobenzyloxy or trifluoroacetyl groups. 49. Polysilyleret aminoglycosid ifølge krav 33, KENOETEGNET ved, at det er polysilyleret ved omsxtning af gentamicin Bj.The polysilylated aminoglycoside of claim 33, characterized in that it is polysilylated by the blending of gentamicin Bj. 50. Polysilyleret aminoglycosid ifølge krav 49, KENDETEGNET ved, at det Indeholder et gennemsnitligt antal silylgrupper pr. molekyle på fra 3 til 7.50. A polysilylated aminoglycoside according to claim 49, characterized in that it contains an average number of silyl groups per cell. molecule of from 3 to 7. 51. Polysilyleret aminoglycosid ifølge krav 49 eller 50, KENDETE6-The polysilylated aminoglycoside of claim 49 or 50, 52. Polysilyleret aminoglycosid ifølge et hvilket som helst af kravene 49-51, KENOETEGNET ved, at de aminoblokerende grupper er carbo-benzyloxy- eller trifluoracetylgrupper. 2052. A polysilylated aminoglycoside according to any one of claims 49-51, characterized in that the amino blocking groups are carbo-benzyloxy or trifluoroacetyl groups. 20 53. Polysilyleret aminoglycosid ifølge krav 33, KENDETEGNET ved, at det er polysilyleret ved omsxtning af 6'-N-methyl-3',4'-dideoxykanamyc1n B.53. The polysilylated aminoglycoside of claim 33, characterized in that it is polysilylated by the blending of 6'-N-methyl-3 ', 4'-dideoxycanamycin B. 54. Polysilyleret aminoglycosid ifølge krav 53, KENDETEGNET ved, at det Indeholder et gennemsnitligt antal silylgrupper pr. molekyle på fra 3 til 5.54. A polysilylated aminoglycoside according to claim 53, characterized in that it contains an average number of silyl groups per cell. molecule of from 3 to 5. 55. Polysilyleret aminoglycosid ifølge krav 53 eller 54, KENOETEG-The polysilylated aminoglycoside of claim 53 or 54, KENOETEG 56. Polysilyleret aminoglycosid ifølge et hvilket som helst af kravene 53-55, KENDETEGNET ved, at de aminoblokerende grupper er carbo-benzyloxy- eller trifluoracetylgrupper. 35 ‘T.SDOCID <DK 17?S43B>56. A polysilylated aminoglycoside according to any one of claims 53-55, characterized in that the amino blocking groups are carbo-benzyloxy or trifluoroacetyl groups. 35 'T.SDOCID <DK 17? S43B>
DK197801830A 1977-04-28 1978-04-26 Process for the preparation of 1-N- (omega-amino-alpha-hydroxyalkanoyl) aminoglucosides and polysilylated aminoglycoside so DK172543B1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US79180677A 1977-04-28 1977-04-28
US79180677 1977-04-28
US88858578A 1978-03-20 1978-03-20
US88858578 1978-03-20

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
DK183078A DK183078A (en) 1978-10-29
DK172543B1 true DK172543B1 (en) 1998-12-07

Family

ID=27121201

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
DK197801830A DK172543B1 (en) 1977-04-28 1978-04-26 Process for the preparation of 1-N- (omega-amino-alpha-hydroxyalkanoyl) aminoglucosides and polysilylated aminoglycoside so
DK182978A DK165450C (en) 1977-04-28 1978-04-26 METHOD FOR PREPARING 1-N- (OMEGA-AMINO-ALFA-HYDROXYALKANOYL) CANAMYCIN A OR B

Family Applications After (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
DK182978A DK165450C (en) 1977-04-28 1978-04-26 METHOD FOR PREPARING 1-N- (OMEGA-AMINO-ALFA-HYDROXYALKANOYL) CANAMYCIN A OR B

Country Status (27)

Country Link
JP (1) JPS53149951A (en)
AR (1) AR218910A1 (en)
AT (1) AT357675B (en)
CA (2) CA1100953A (en)
CH (1) CH639104A5 (en)
CS (1) CS207607B2 (en)
CY (1) CY1241A (en)
DE (2) DE2818822A1 (en)
DK (2) DK172543B1 (en)
EG (1) EG13710A (en)
ES (1) ES469303A1 (en)
FI (1) FI781288A (en)
FR (2) FR2388826A1 (en)
GB (1) GB1598294A (en)
HK (1) HK51484A (en)
IE (2) IE47271B1 (en)
IT (2) IT1105500B (en)
KE (1) KE3398A (en)
LU (1) LU79541A1 (en)
MY (1) MY8500528A (en)
NL (1) NL178790C (en)
NO (2) NO149635C (en)
PL (1) PL117307B1 (en)
PT (1) PT67959B (en)
SE (2) SE447259B (en)
SG (1) SG22884G (en)
YU (2) YU102578A (en)

Families Citing this family (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS55306A (en) * 1978-04-28 1980-01-05 Bristol Myers Co Manufacture of 11nn*omegaaaminooalphaahydroxy alkanoyl**aminoglycoside antibiotic
EP1484317A4 (en) * 2002-02-19 2006-08-30 Amato Pharm Prod Ltd Lactic acid derivative
MX2010005632A (en) 2007-11-21 2010-09-10 Achaogen Inc Antibacterial aminoglycoside analogs.
WO2010132757A2 (en) * 2009-05-15 2010-11-18 Achaogen, Inc. Antibacterial aminoglycoside analogs
WO2010132768A1 (en) 2009-05-15 2010-11-18 Achaogen, Inc. Antibacterial derivatives of sisomicin
WO2010132760A1 (en) 2009-05-15 2010-11-18 Achaogen, Inc. Antibacterial derivatives of tobramycin
WO2010132759A1 (en) 2009-05-15 2010-11-18 Achaogen, Inc. Antibacterial derivatives of dibekacin
WO2010132765A2 (en) 2009-05-15 2010-11-18 Achaogen, Inc. Antibacterial aminoglycoside analogs

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
NO149635C (en) 1984-05-23
LU79541A1 (en) 1978-11-28
ATA312778A (en) 1979-12-15
NL7804503A (en) 1978-10-31
IE780841L (en) 1978-10-28
YU102578A (en) 1983-01-21
SE7804973L (en) 1978-10-29
FI781288A (en) 1978-10-29
GB1598294A (en) 1981-09-16
NO831197L (en) 1978-10-31
FR2388827A1 (en) 1978-11-24
HK51484A (en) 1984-06-22
DK165450B (en) 1992-11-30
DE2818992C2 (en) 1988-03-17
DK165450C (en) 1993-04-13
NL178790B (en) 1985-12-16
AR218910A1 (en) 1980-07-15
IT1105500B (en) 1985-11-04
PT67959A (en) 1978-05-01
PT67959B (en) 1980-03-05
SE447259B (en) 1986-11-03
IT1156718B (en) 1987-02-04
YU41590B (en) 1987-12-31
DK183078A (en) 1978-10-29
CH639104A5 (en) 1983-10-31
IE46945B1 (en) 1983-11-16
FR2388826B1 (en) 1982-12-10
IT7849136A0 (en) 1978-04-28
DE2818822C2 (en) 1989-01-26
PL117307B1 (en) 1981-07-31
FR2388827B1 (en) 1982-07-09
ES469303A1 (en) 1979-09-16
KE3398A (en) 1984-06-08
SE8305538L (en) 1983-10-07
CA1105454A (en) 1981-07-21
CA1100953A (en) 1981-05-12
NO154697B (en) 1986-08-25
DE2818822A1 (en) 1978-11-09
EG13710A (en) 1982-09-30
JPS5721277B2 (en) 1982-05-06
NL178790C (en) 1986-05-16
JPS53149951A (en) 1978-12-27
NO781437L (en) 1978-10-31
IE47271B1 (en) 1984-02-08
NO149635B (en) 1984-02-13
CY1241A (en) 1984-06-29
CS207607B2 (en) 1981-08-31
SE461148B (en) 1990-01-15
DE2818992A1 (en) 1978-11-23
PL206457A1 (en) 1980-03-24
SG22884G (en) 1985-01-04
DK182978A (en) 1978-10-29
IT7849137A0 (en) 1978-04-28
YU102478A (en) 1982-10-31
NO154697C (en) 1986-12-03
SE8305538D0 (en) 1983-10-07
AT357675B (en) 1980-07-25
FR2388826A1 (en) 1978-11-24
MY8500528A (en) 1985-12-31
IE780842L (en) 1978-10-28

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US4347354A (en) Preparation of 1-N-[ω-amino-α-hydroxyalkanoyl]aminoglycoside polysilylated antibiotics and products obtained therefrom
GB1598705A (en) 3-de-o-methylfortimicins
US4424343A (en) Preparation of 1-N- ω-amino-α-hydroxyalkanoyl!kanamycin polysilylates and products
DK172543B1 (en) Process for the preparation of 1-N- (omega-amino-alpha-hydroxyalkanoyl) aminoglucosides and polysilylated aminoglycoside so
CA1105452A (en) PREPARATION OF 1-N-[.omega.-AMINO-.alpha.- HYDROXYALKANOYL]AMINOGLYCOSIDE ANTIBIOTICS
US4547492A (en) 1-N-(ω-Amino-α-hydroxyalkanoyl-2&#39;,3&#39;-dideoxykanamycin A and pharmaceutical composition containing same
GB1600457A (en) Process for the preparation of 1-n-acylaminoglycosides
Rosenbohm et al. Parallel synthesis of a small library of novel aminoglycoside analogs based on 2-amino-2-deoxy-D-glucose and D-ribose scaffolds
EP0048549A1 (en) 3-0-Demethyl derivatives of istamycin B series compounds and their preparation
GB1594786A (en) Fortimicin derivatives and method for production thereof
EP0040764A1 (en) Novel aminoglycosides, and antibiotic use thereof
US4298727A (en) 3&#39;,4&#39;-Dideoxykanamycin A and 1-N-(S)-α-hydroxy-ω-aminoalkanoyl) derivatives thereof
US3965089A (en) Process for the production of a cyclic ureido-derivative of a deoxystreptamine-containing antibiotic and products thereof
DK167687B1 (en) (N)-Hydroxy-amino-alkanoyl-kanamycin derivs. prodn. - by acylating poly:silylated kanamycin, useful as antibiotics
US4226980A (en) Novel derivatives of fortimicin B and process for preparing same
JPH0130837B2 (en)
EP0185323B1 (en) 2&#39;,3&#39;-dideoxy-2&#39;-fluorokanamycin a and 1-n-(alpha-hydroxy-omega-aminoalkanoyl) derivatives thereof
CA1081693A (en) Kanamycin c derivatives
US5637680A (en) Process for the preparation of etoposide phosphate and intermediate thereof
CA2431589A1 (en) C-glucosyl ether lipids
JPS5984899A (en) 3-demethoxyistamycin B derivative
KR820000276B1 (en) Preparation of 1-n(w-amino-alpha-hydroxyalkanoyl)-kanamycins
CA1152063A (en) 3&#39;,4&#39;-DIDEOXYKANAMYCIN A AND 1-N-((S)-.alpha.- HYDROXY-.omega.-AMINOALKANOLY) DERIVATIVES THEREOF
AT356273B (en) METHOD FOR PRODUCING NEW PROTECTED KANAMYCIN COMPOUNDS
JPS631949B2 (en)

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
B1 Patent granted (law 1993)
PUP Patent expired